summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/old/51358-0.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-05 09:52:21 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-02-05 09:52:21 -0800
commit9692ca6b1ee8efabb8091fbd7c6b06b3049ae913 (patch)
tree49d1beb95e976d951d780c8f8e146a12d5614bba /old/51358-0.txt
parent460b79e92186c48bc5d6664bff1cb810b48383d3 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
Diffstat (limited to 'old/51358-0.txt')
-rw-r--r--old/51358-0.txt7319
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 7319 deletions
diff --git a/old/51358-0.txt b/old/51358-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 404c28c..0000000
--- a/old/51358-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7319 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Gutenberg, and the Art of Printing, by
-Emily Clemens Pearson
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
-other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms of
-the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll have
-to check the laws of the country where you are located before using this ebook.
-
-Title: Gutenberg, and the Art of Printing
-
-Author: Emily Clemens Pearson
-
-Release Date: March 5, 2016 [EBook #51358]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GUTENBERG, AND THE ART OF PRINTING ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Brian Coe, Charlie Howard, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by the Library of Congress)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Note
-
-Text originally printed in Old English or Black Letter is indicated
-here by =equals signs=. Superscripts are indicated with a circumflex:
-“y^e”, and italics text by _underscores_. Other notes will be found at
-the end of this ebook.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: FIRST PRINTED SHEET.]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
- GUTENBERG,
-
- AND
-
- THE ART OF PRINTING.
-
-
- BY
- EMILY C. PEARSON,
-
- AUTHOR OF “RUTH’S SACRIFICE,” “THE POOR WHITE,” “PRINCE
- PAUL,” “OUR PARISH,” ETC.
-
-
- [Illustration]
-
-
- BOSTON:
- NOYES, HOLMES AND COMPANY,
- 117 WASHINGTON STREET.
- 1871.
-
-
-
-
- Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1870, by
- EMILY C. PEARSON,
- in the Office of the Librarian of Congress at Washington.
-
-
- RIVERSIDE, CAMBRIDGE:
- STEREOTYPED AND PRINTED BY
- H. O. HOUGHTON AND COMPANY.
-
-
-
-
- TO THE GIFTED INTELLECTS,
- WILLING HEARTS,
- AND DEXTEROUS FINGERS
- ENGAGED IN MAKING THE GREAT ART
- A BLESSING TO THE WORLD.
-
-
-
-
-PREFATORY.
-
-
-Printing has been styled “The telescope of the soul.” As the optical
-instrument brings near and magnifies objects remote and invisible, so
-printing puts us in communication with minds of the past and present,
-and preserves the thoughts of this age for future generations.
-
-But no one of the good and great of the past was permitted to lead the
-way in embodying thought on the printed page, save the wonderful man
-sketched in this volume. Out of a full heart of reverence, then, it is
-most fitting to embalm the memory of Gutenberg.
-
-While musing on certain old archives touching the history of printing,
-it was suggested by literary friends, that we weave a memorial
-narrative of the chevalier and artisan honored in bringing the art
-to light. Accordingly we engaged in the work, having culled the most
-authentic warp and woof within reach.
-
-Devised in the quiet of old libraries, and in the hush of peace,
-our little history finds itself heralded by the march of armies,
-and the clash of empires. War, ever to be deplored as the author
-of almost unmingled evil, has turned attention to the cradles of
-printing,--Strasbourg and Mentz. Directly we recognize them, shake
-hands, and are at home with those glorious old Rhenish cities, made
-famous for all time.
-
-It is an interesting fact that the final completion of the world-famed
-Minster or Cathedral of Strasbourg, closely preludes the time when the
-art of printing had its rise. Earth’s loftiest spire may well mark the
-place where Heaven gave the greatest treasure-art to man.
-
-Pains have been taken to harmonize the accounts of early printing
-by various credible authors, and when in doubt from conflicting
-statements, for safety and defense, we have taken shelter under the
-wings of the encyclopædias.
-
-Led on by the romance of the broken betrothal, and afterwards most
-happy marriage, we love to linger over the art devised and cherished in
-the sanctity of the inventor’s home. Nobly did the Lady Anna exercise
-her “right” and to her, almost equally with her husband, are we
-indebted, since she cheered his way, inspiring courage in his work.
-
-In a cell of St. Arbogast, our hero found a quiet retreat for some of
-his secret experiments; never was an old ruin turned to better account.
-The Library and Scriptorium of the great Cathedral also paid tribute to
-this man’s genius. But magnificent things were accomplished in Mentz,
-after his unparalleled overthrow in Strasbourg. “Organizing victory
-out of defeat,” he took into partnership the two men of the time best
-fitted for the purpose, and engaged anew in his chosen vocation. One is
-startled at the sequel of this fraternal alliance in the estrangement
-of those so knit together in pursuit and interest; but the stupendous
-enterprise of the firm, and the stricken man mysteriously “betrayed in
-the house of his friends,” were alike upheld by an Unseen Hand.
-
-His persistence and noble purpose in inventing--how infinitely more
-worthy of a place on immortal records than are the deeds of the warrior!
-
-The design of our work allows only a brief sketch of the progress of
-the art subsequent to the days of Gutenberg.
-
-It is gratifying to note that certain ladies early engaged in the
-ennobling employment, and for many years won golden opinions.
-
-We gratefully acknowledge obligations to Messrs. Rand, Avery, and
-Frye, 3 Cornhill, Boston; and also to Messrs. H. O. Houghton and Co.,
-Riverside, Cambridge, for their courtesy in explaining the various
-processes of their model establishments, to assist the writer in
-forming a correct idea of the present state of the art.
-
- ANDOVER, _December, 1870_.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-CONTENTS.
-
-
- I. PAGE
-
- Strasbourg and its Cathedral.--Gutenberg’s Early Life.--Civil
- Strife.--Romantic Lawsuit 7
-
-
- II.
-
- Gutenberg in Exile.--His Trade as Lapidary.--Curious Law.--
- Ancient Cuts.--A Picture of a Saint.--Legend.--The Bible
- for the Poor.--A Secret discovered.--Gutenberg’s Experiment 14
-
-
- III.
-
- Ancient Books and their Materials.--Sculptures.--Printing in
- China.--Use of Metals.--Seal.--Stencils.--Waxen Tablets.
- --Bark, Leaves, Shells.--Papyrus.--Parchments.--Paper.
- --Palimpsests.--Books written by Hand.--The Scriptorium.
- --Copyists and their Habits.--Illuminations.--Character of
- Ancient Books.--Scarcity and Costliness of Books.--Richard
- de Bury and Library.--Statutes of St. Mary’s College.--Books
- chained.--Abundance of Books in Modern Times 29
-
-
- IV.
-
- An Important Step.--Engraving a Name.--Engraving Pictures.--
- Superstitions.--Difficulties overcome.--An Improvement.--
- Experiment and Progress.--A New Book.--Cheerful Thoughts 45
-
-
- V.
-
- Pecuniary Troubles.--An Expedient.--Disappointment.--The
- Jewels.--A Sale.--Apprentices.--Visit to the Cathedral.--
- A New Enterprise 52
-
-
- VI.
-
- Unwelcome Visitors.--Unjust Demand.--A Compromise.--Secret
- Firm.--A Removal.--Teaching the Workmen.--Block Printing.
- --Success 61
-
-
- VII.
-
- Small Receipts.--Printing the “Donatus.”--“Ars Memorandi.”--
- “Ars Moriendi.”--An Interesting Fact.--Extract from “Ars
- Moriendi” 71
-
-
- VIII.
-
- Effect of Gutenberg’s Books.--His Times and Ours.--His Books at
- the Cathedral.--Curiosity of the Monks.--Proposition of the
- Abbot.--The “Bible for the Poor.”--A Great Work well done.--
- A Good Sale.--The Canticles issued.--A Difficult Undertaking.
- --Discontent.--An Accident.--Discovery of Separate Types.--
- The First Font of Movable Type.--Difficulties mastered.--The
- Great Helper 75
-
-
- IX.
-
- Anna’s Disappointment.--Dritzhn’s Regrets.--Comfort for Anna.
- --Gutenberg’s Progress described.--The Great Enlightener.--
- Advantages of Movable Type.--Another Book.--Obstacles.--
- Criticisms.--Invention.--A Press contrived.--New Cause of
- Disquiet 92
-
-
- X.
-
- A Partner at the Confessional.--His Death.--Consequences.--A
- Lawsuit.--Thieves.--Dangerous Curiosity.--Destruction of
- Gutenberg’s Type.--Curious Testimonies.--Value of the Legal
- Document.--Proof that Gutenberg was the Real Inventor.--The
- Magistrate’s Just Judgment.--Public Excitement 107
-
-
- XI.
-
- Benighted.--Minstrel of the Hearth.--The Black Art.--A
- Barefoot Friar.--Popular Prejudice.--Hopes and Fears.
- --Gutenberg returns to his Trade.--Dissolution of the
- Copartnership 118
-
-
- XII.
-
- Congenial Quiet.--Making Type again.--Gutenberg issues
- “Absies.”--Peter Schoeffer.--Decides to remove to Mentz.--
- Emotions of Gutenberg.--Fraternal Sympathy.--The Meeting
- with Faust.--Gutenberg reveals his Art.--A Rich Partner 127
-
-
- XIII.
-
- The Zum Jungen.--The Old Valet.--A Happy Change.--Going over
- the Process anew.--Good Progress.--Peter Schoeffer 140
-
-
- XIV.
-
- Working of the Press.--The Medallion.--An Acquisition.--
- Experiments.--A Failure.--Schoeffer’s Invention.--Discovery
- of Cast Metal Type 148
-
-
- XV.
-
- Schoeffer admitted to the Firm.--A Grand Project.--How a Bible
- was borrowed.--The Early Press.--Processes in Bookmaking.--
- Ingenuity of Peter Schoeffer.--Industry of the Firm.--Ink.--
- Cast Type.--Three Ingenious Men.--Letter-founding.--Faust
- compliments Peter.--The first Printed Page of the Bible.--A
- Memorable Year 155
-
-
- XVI.
-
- Faust’s Discontent.--Conspiracy against Gutenberg.--A Secret
- kept.--The Lawsuit.--Gutenberg supplanted.--A New Firm.--
- Gutenberg’s Sorrow 168
-
-
- XVII.
-
- The Story of Faust’s Visit to Paris.--Was it Witchcraft?--
- Popular Excitement.--Scene in a Court Room.--Issue of the
- Psalter 182
-
-
- XVIII.
-
- New Friends.--The Nun.--Gutenberg at Work again.--Printing of
- the “Balbus de Janua.”--Other Works.--A Curious Record.--
- Death of the Great Inventor.--Fadeless Laurels 192
-
-
- XIX.
-
- Faust and Schoeffer’s Success.--More Books issued.--An Eventful
- Year.--Greek Type.--Struck by the Plague.--The Parisians
- and Faust’s Descendants.--Schoeffer’s Death.--Testimony
- to Gutenberg.--Extension of the Art.--Piety and Chess.--
- Education in the Olden Time.--Unveiling the Statue 206
-
-
- XX.
-
- Peculiarities of the First Printed Books.--Early Printers.--
- Piety and Chess.--Education in the Olden Time.--A Great
- Enterprise.--Unveiling Gutenberg’s Statue 217
-
-
- XXI.
-
- Modes of making Type.--Varieties of Type.--Cylindrical
- Ink-distributor.--A Modern Printing Establishment.--
- Composition Room.--Cases.--Proof-reading 225
-
-
- XXII.
-
- Type-setting by Machinery.--Its Practicability.--Various
- Machines devised.--The Brown Type-setter and Distributer
- described.--Simplicity.--Reliability.--Speed 235
-
-
- XXIII.
-
- Stereotyping.--Plaster Moulds.--Planing and Beveling.--
- Correcting Stereotype Plates.--Process of Electrotyping.--The
- “Guillotine.”--Ornamenting 247
-
-
- XXIV.
-
- The Hand-press.--Earl Stanhope’s Press.--Improvements.--
- Cylinder Presses.--Press-room.--Drying Room.--Sewing Room.
- --Elevator.--Books for the Blind.--Type, Press, and Paper
- invented.--Catalogue of Great Exhibition.--Estimate of Rapid
- Labor by Machinery 263
-
-
- XXV.
-
- Time of the Great Invention.--A First Gift.--Discovery of the
- Alphabet.--A New Era.--Royal Printers.--Knights of Type
- and Pen.--A Mighty Engine.--Gutenberg’s Dream.--The Press
- mighty 281
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
- GUTENBERG,
-
- AND
-
- THE ART OF PRINTING.
-
-
-
-
-I.
-
- Strasbourg and its Cathedral.--Gutenberg’s Early Life.--Civil
- Strife.--Romantic Lawsuit.
-
-
-Who has not heard of the noble Rhine, which winds many hundred miles
-through Central Europe? Castles, vineyards, farms, and forests, with
-now and then a village or a city, diversify its banks.
-
-Prominent among its cities is Strasbourg; a strongly fortified border
-town, founded ages ago by the Romans, but held recently by France. It
-was an imperial city of the German empire in 1681, when Louis XIV. got
-possession of it, by an unwarrantable attack in a time of peace. It is
-in shape a triangle, with walls six miles in circuit, entered by seven
-gates. The fortifications extend to the Rhine, although the main city,
-of 85,000 inhabitants, is situated a mile and a half back on the Ill,
-a branch of the Rhine. The tourist, while still far distant, sees the
-spire of the famous Cathedral, Nôtre Dame. It is the highest spire in
-the world, a masterpiece of airy open-work, of elaborate tracery and
-delicate workmanship, towering aloft four hundred and sixty-six feet,
-twenty-four feet higher than the great Pyramid of Egypt, and more than
-twice as high as Bunker Hill Monument. The great Minster of which
-it is a part, was nine hundred years in building, and was finished
-shortly before our story begins. When the late war came, the Rhine,
-Strasbourg, and its Cathedral, were not wholly unlike what they were
-at that time,--four hundred and thirty-five years ago. It is true,
-railroad trains would shriek on either side of the river, and gaudy
-steamers bustle up and down, and occasionally a “water-cure” or a
-“juvenile reformatory” meet the eye, signs of modern progress; but in
-strange contrast with these the Roman and mediæval remains. Rhineland
-is at once ancient and modern. Here are “ruins of the Middle Ages, and
-marks of the French Revolution; the bones of great feudal giants, and
-scars of modern disturbance.” The old homes of the warlike barons still
-stand, and the incense-flavored churches, whose corner-stones were laid
-in the dim past.
-
-It is in the year 1436; and the visitor, if he approaches the city
-from the French side, before entering the west gate will be sure
-to seek out John Gutenberg, a noted man who lives in the suburbs in
-yonder pretty cottage, half hidden in ivy and honeysuckle, and the
-ancient turrets of St. Arbogast Monastery, not a stone’s throw distant,
-frowning upon it. There is a woman of taste within; the well-trained
-vines speak of her, as do the tulips and wall-flowers. And the eye
-glances admiringly from these to the apple-trees, with their wealth of
-blossoms, and the lilacs, jubilant with plumes.
-
-Gutenberg was born at Mentz, a free and rich city on the Rhine,
-about the year 1400, and, when yet a young man, fled, on account of
-political dissensions, to Strasbourg, sixty miles distant. Of his
-childhood little is known; yet some German and other writers draw
-pleasing pictures of his youth. They represent him as high-spirited,
-thoughtful, and devout; influenced by a desire that good books might
-be made common, and as having “a foreseeing consciousness” of the
-part he was to act in bringing it about. “He said to himself, from
-his earliest years,” says one of his biographers, “God suffers in the
-great multitudes whom his sacred word cannot reach. Religious truth is
-captive in a small number of manuscript books, which guard the common
-treasure, instead of diffusing it. Let us break the seal which holds
-the holy things; give wings to the truth, that by means of speech, no
-longer written at great expense by the hand that wearies itself, but
-multiplied as the air by an unwearied machine, it may fly to seek every
-soul born into the world!”
-
-If this was true of Gutenberg while young, no wonder that his manhood
-was crowned so gloriously. He placed before himself at the outset
-a great and worthy object; he felt through life the thrill of an
-inspiring purpose, which stimulated and ennobled his nature, and tended
-naturally to success. Had he, like thousands, been contented to drift
-through the world with the current wherever it chanced to bear him,
-living for himself and the fleeting present, never should we have heard
-of John Gutenberg.
-
-But there is a fact in Gutenberg’s early history which does not seem
-to present him in an amiable light, as he figures in a lawsuit,
-having been sued by the father of his betrothed, to compel him to
-fulfill his promise of marriage. There is, however, no evidence that
-Gutenberg intended any wrong in this affair, as he sincerely loved
-Anna von Isernen Thür,[1] the young lady to whom he was engaged. She
-was of noble family, of the city of Strasbourg. His property had been
-confiscated in Mentz in the struggle between the plebeians and the
-nobility, and his failure in keeping his troth is attributed to his
-sensitiveness to his misfortunes.
-
- [1] Family name, it is said, from the possession of a feudal
- castle on the heights of the Rhine.
-
-It has been remarked, that if Mentz, Gutenberg’s native place, had
-not been a free city, he might not have conceived or executed his
-invention; for despotism, like superstition, imposes silence. “It was
-fitting that printing and liberty should be born of the same sun and
-the same air.” Mentz, Strasbourg, Worms, and other municipal cities of
-the Rhine, were small federative republics; as Florence, Genoa, Venice,
-and the republics of Italy. The youth of our country find freedom
-favorable to thought and invention; thus young Gutenberg found it. Yet
-civil strife marked the history of those cities. “In them were the
-warlike nobility, the aspiring burghers, and the laboring people, who
-floated between these two contending classes, alternately caressed and
-oppressed by them, yet at times themselves striving for the supremacy.
-In these commotions, victory rested sometimes with the patrician,
-sometimes with the plebeian, and numbers on either side were from
-time to time outlawed. But these had not the sea to cross to fly the
-country; they traversed the Rhine. Those banished from Strasbourg, went
-to Mentz; those from Mentz, to Strasbourg, to await a turn of events,
-or the recall of the exiles.”
-
-In these intestine quarrels, young Gutenberg, himself of the nobility,
-“and naturally combating for the cause most holy in the eyes of a son,
-that of a father,” was twice vanquished and expelled by the burghers,
-with all the chevaliers of the family,--his mother and sisters being
-permitted to remain in possession of their property. Later, the
-free city of Frankfort offering to mediate between the nobles and
-plebeians, it obtained the return of those who had been banished, on
-condition of the equality of the two classes in the administration
-of the government. Meanwhile Gutenberg, having become absorbed in
-his inventive studies, did not return; and his mother petitioned the
-Republic to give him as a pension a portion of the revenue of his
-confiscated property. Answer was given, that the refusing to return
-to his own country, by the young patrician, was a declaration of
-hostility; and he must therefore be treated as one of its enemies. So
-his mother continued to send him secret supplies from her own resources.
-
-But the faithful Lady Anna did not seek to free herself from her
-plighted faith, because of the adversities of her lover. If he
-shrank from receiving her to the humble circumstances in which he
-had been thrown, she was still true to her vows. And as his humility
-and thoughtful scruples could not be overcome in any other way, she
-vanquished them by a legal summons; her father citing him before a
-magistrate of Strasbourg, to cause him to fulfill his promise of
-marriage. This summons of the Lady Anna to Gutenberg remains to-day
-as an authentic memorial of his marriage. For the faltering artisan
-yielded to “this generous violence of affection,” and consummated his
-happiness by marrying the fair plaintiff in the suit.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-II.
-
- Gutenberg in Exile.--His Trade as Lapidary.--Curious Law.--Ancient
- Cuts.--Picture of a Saint.--Legend.--The Bible for the Poor.--A
- Secret discovered.--Gutenberg’s Experiment.
-
-
-After his banishment, Gutenberg was not an idler. During his exile, we
-are told that he devoted time to travelling from city to city, studying
-monuments, and visiting men celebrated in art, science, or handicraft.
-For not only was he educated, but he cultivated a literary taste, and
-had chosen a trade, that of the lapidary, or polisher of precious
-stones. Then, in Germany, the artisan, or one trained to a trade, and
-the artist, held nearly the same rank; since the trades, scarcely
-discovered, were confounded with the arts. Indeed, when the humbler
-professions brought forth their first _chefs-d’œuvre_, they were
-admired as prodigies, because new. The mechanic arts held an honorable
-place, only people of property being permitted to learn them; this
-matter being regulated by the statutes. Thus in England at that period
-it was decreed concerning persons whose income was less than twenty
-shillings by the year, “They shall be put to other labors, upon pain of
-one year’s imprisonment.”
-
-Hence artisans were a wealthy and influential class in society, and, in
-some cases, with their daily occupation cultivated a love of knowledge.
-And Gutenberg, by learning the lapidary’s trade, did not descend to the
-lowest social level, while at the same time he acquired that mechanical
-skill which was afterwards to turn to the benefit of the whole human
-race.
-
-He is pictured as occupying the front room of his dwelling as a
-work-shop, where he plied his trade during the day, and men of standing
-sought the society of the cultivated artisan, “so high a popularity did
-he enjoy in Strasbourg for his character and scholarship.”
-
-At this time, he seemed scarcely thirty, although six years older; a
-health-tinted face, high fair forehead, large blue expressive eyes,
-gave him a youthful look. The precise turn of his chin was hidden in a
-thick tawny beard. There was an air of grave thoughtfulness about him,
-as if he was influenced by some earnest purpose.
-
-One evening, just after supper, the serving woman Elsie having cleared
-the table and swept the hearth, Gutenberg, always busy even in the cozy
-comfort of his fireside, became absorbed in examining a playing-card.
-The Lady Anna was seated beside him, and after a little time looked up
-from her work, and said in her own pleasant way,--
-
-“Prithee, John, what marvel dost thou find in that card? One would
-think it the face of a saint, so closely thou dost regard it.”
-
-“Nay, little wife; but didst thou ever consider in what way this is
-made?”
-
-“I suppose that it was drawn in outline, and then painted, like other
-pictures.”
-
-“But there is a more excellent way,” said Gutenberg. “These lines, I
-find, were first marked on a wooden block, and then the wood was cut
-away, so that they were left raised; this portion was then smeared with
-ink and pressed on the paper. And this, my Anna, is shorter than by
-drawing and painting, because when once a block is engraved, it can be
-used to impress any number of cards.”
-
-Playing-cards were at this period in common use. Of their origin, there
-is some doubt. Some have supposed they were invented to amuse Charles
-VI., King of France, as early as 1393. They are mentioned at nearly the
-same date in the laws of both England and Spain.
-
-The first cards made were doubtless painted with a stencil; that
-is, a piece of pasteboard or thin metal plate perforated with holes
-in the shape of the figures desired. The stencil being placed over
-paper, the color is applied with a brush, leaving the shape of the
-figures underneath. As they were so common and so cheap, it has been
-thought that the outline must have been made by some rude form of
-wood-engraving. There is proof that cards were _printed_ before the
-middle of the fifteenth century; for there is a petition extant from
-the Venetian painters to their magistracy, dated 1441, setting forth
-that the art and mystery of card-making and of printing figures,
-which was practiced in Venice, had fallen into decay, because of the
-large quantity of playing-cards and colored printed figures which
-were brought into the city. What foreigners brought them to Venice?
-Evidently the Germans; for they were the chief card-makers of the time.
-A wood-engraver is still called, in Germany, _Formschneider_, meaning
-figure-cutter; and this name is found in the town-books of Nuremburg as
-early as 1441.
-
-As a specimen of the early cards,--which were very rude,--we have here
-the Knave of Bells.
-
-Perhaps some may think Knave a good name for the article, in view of
-the characters who sometimes “play cards.” But this word had not always
-the same meaning. Originally, it signified a boy or young man, then a
-servant, and lastly a rogue.
-
-“An unsightly figure,” said Anna, as she examined the one
-in her husband’s hand, “and not to be compared to our St.
-Christopher,”--glancing at the wall opposite, where hung a picture of
-the saint,--“which was made with a pen!”
-
-“Nay, it was made from an engraved block, like the card,” said
-Gutenberg.
-
-[Illustration: The Knave of Bells.]
-
-“Was our picture made in that manner?” eagerly asked the wife. “What
-an excellent art, since it keepeth before us the memory of the saints!
-The good St. Christopher!” she exclaimed, and with clasped hands
-for a moment gazed devoutly at the picture,--a curious wood-cut,
-representing the legendary saint in the act of carrying the infant
-Jesus across the sea; beneath, was the date, 1423. The art of engraving
-had doubtless existed long before, but this is the only positive proof
-that wood-engraving was used in devotional pictures at that early
-period. Some years after, the art made an onward and most important
-step,--an inscription being added to this picture; and the famous block
-books, complete with cuts and written explanations, appeared.
-
-The picture Anna so earnestly regarded, was one of the later-date
-impressions, accompanied with a Latin legend. It was of folio size, and
-colored, like playing-cards. Beneath was the inscription, or legend:--
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Christofori faciem die qua cumque tueris
- Illa nempe die morte mala non morieris.
- Millesimo cccc^o xx^o terno.
-]
-
-“We almost worshipped that picture in my father’s house,” said Anna;
-“but prithee tell me the meaning of the inscription; there was none
-upon ours.”
-
-“It saith,” explained Gutenberg, “that one cannot be overtaken by evil,
-or die, on the day that he looks upon the face of this saint.”
-
-“Since that is true, we do well to gaze upon the picture early and
-late,” remarked the wife.
-
-“I revere the saint,” returned Gutenberg, smiling, “but am free to
-confess that I do not see how there can be any power to shield one from
-harm in simply looking at his picture. The good saint himself had not
-so easy a path to prosperity.”
-
-“Pray tell me of him,” said she; “I do not remember to have heard the
-story since, when a little child, I sat upon my father’s knee.”
-
-“I will even tell it to thee,” answered Gutenberg, “as I heard it in my
-childhood.
-
-“Offerus, as he was called, was a giant soldier; a heathen, who lived
-in the land of Canaan. He had a body twelve ells long. He did not
-like to obey, but to command. He did not care what harm he did to
-others, but lived a wild life, attacking and plundering all who came
-in his way. He only wished for one thing: to sell his services to the
-mightiest. And he first engaged in the service of the Emperor,--having
-heard in those days that he was the head of Christendom,--yet was not
-bound by any promise. Thereupon he went with the Emperor through all
-the land, and the Emperor was delighted with him. All the soldiers in
-the combat were miserable, helpless creatures compared with Offerus,
-with his Samson strength, giant chest, and mighty fists. Once, at
-even-tide, they pitched the tents near a forest, when the Emperor, in
-the midst of his eating and drinking and the singing of the minstrel,
-bade Offerus and his comrades beware of the wicked fiend who was said
-often to haunt the forest with great rage and fury, adding, ‘Let alone
-the chase in this forest; for in filling thy larder, thou mightest harm
-thy soul.’ Then Offerus said, ‘I will enter the service of this lord,
-who is mightier than you,’ and thereupon took his departure, and strode
-off cheerily into the thickest depths of the forest. There on a coal
-black horse he saw a pitch-black rider, who rode at him furiously, and
-sought to bind him with solemn promises. But Offerus said, ‘We shall
-see!’ However, one day, as they went together through the kingdoms of
-the world, along the high road three tall crosses stood before them.
-The middle cross so appalled Satan that he shrunk away, saying, ‘The
-Son of Mary, the Lord Christ, now exercises great power.’ Said Offerus,
-‘Now will I seek further for the mightiest, whom only I will serve,’
-and asking every traveller he met where he dwelt. But alas! few have
-Him in their hearts, and no one could tell, until he was sent by a
-pious old hermit to a good priest, who showed him plainly the path of
-faith, and told him he must fast and pray, as John the Baptist did of
-old in the wilderness. But that advice was not to the giant’s liking;
-wherefore the prior said, ‘Give yourself up heartily to achieve some
-good work. See, there flows a mighty river, which hinders pilgrims on
-their way to Rome; it has neither ford nor bridge: carry the faithful
-over on thy back.’ ‘Ah, I have strength for that!’ said Offerus. ‘If
-I can please the Saviour in that way, willingly will I carry the
-travellers to and fro.’ And thereupon he built a hut of reeds, and
-dwelt among the water-rats and beavers on the river’s brink, carrying
-pilgrims over the river cheerfully, like a camel or an elephant. But if
-any one offered him ferry-money, he said, ‘I labor for eternal life!’
-And when now, after many years, Offerus’s hair had grown white, one
-stormy night a plaintive little voice called to him, ‘Dear, good, tall
-Offerus, carry me across.’ Offerus was tired and sleepy; but he thought
-faithfully of Jesus Christ, and with weary arms seizing the pine-trunk
-which was his staff when the floods swelled high, he waded through
-the water, but saw no pilgrim there; so he thought, ‘I was dreaming,’
-and went back and lay down to sleep. Again came the little voice,
-plaintive and touching, ‘Offerus, good, dear, great, tall Offerus,
-carry me across.’ Patiently the old giant crossed the river again; but
-neither man nor mouse was to be seen; and he went back again, and fell
-asleep, when once more came the little voice, clear, and plaintive, and
-imploring, “Good, dear, giant Offerus, carry me across.” The third time
-he seized his pine-stem, and went through the cold river. This time
-he found a tender, fair little boy, with golden hair. In his left hand
-was the standard of the Lamb; in his right, the globe. He looked at the
-giant with eyes full of love and trust, and Offerus lifted him up with
-two fingers; but when he entered the river, the little child weighed
-on him like a ton. Heavier and heavier grew the weight, until the
-water almost reached his chin; great drops of sweat stood on his brow,
-and he had nearly sunk in the stream with the little one. However, he
-struggled through, and, tottering to the other side, set the child
-gently down on the bank, and said, ‘My little Lord, prithee, come not
-this way again, for scarcely have I escaped this time with life.’ But
-the fair child baptized Offerus on the spot, and said to him, ‘Know,
-all thy sins are forgiven; and, although thy limbs tottered, fear not,
-nor marvel, but rejoice; thou hast carried the Saviour of the world!
-For a token, plant thy pine-trunk, so long dead and leafless, in the
-earth; to-morrow it shall shoot out green twigs. And henceforth thou
-shalt not be called Offerus, but Christopher.’ Then Christopher folded
-his arms, and prayed, and said, ‘I feel my end draws nigh. My limbs
-tremble; my strength fails; and God has forgiven me all my sins.’
-Thereupon the child vanished in light; and Christopher set his staff
-in the earth. And so, on the morrow, it shot out green leaves and red
-blossoms, like an almond. And three days afterwards the angels carried
-Christopher to Paradise.”
-
-Anna’s eyes swam in tears as Gutenberg finished his graphic and
-touching rehearsal, and she said, “A most hopeful history. May you, my
-husband, worthily achieve some good work, like St. Christopher!”
-
-“Aye, dear; and, God helping me I will do something: the world is full
-of useful labor, which calleth for willing hearts and hands. And the
-Lord Christ meeteth with his blessing the patient laborers who faint
-not.”
-
-“I can never think,” said the wife, “of equaling St. Christopher or
-thee in good works, since I am neither strong nor wise; but I will even
-do what I can, and help thee bear thy burdens. But it may be the gentle
-Christ will freely _give_ me eternal life, since I have no means to
-purchase it.”
-
-“Aye, Anna, that would be so like Him: and to me also, for I am no
-saint, and dare not hope to be.”
-
-“But I value the picture the more since your recital,” said Anna. “Even
-if it cannot, as you think, preserve us from evil, it can incite us to
-persevere in doing well.”
-
-“Aye, dear,” rejoined Gutenberg, “and devotional pictures like this are
-much to be prized; they in some sort fill the place of books, which
-are so rare and costly. But valuable as this picture is, I found it
-surpassed in the Cathedral. Dost remember I carried thither the jewels
-which the Abbot employed me to polish? He took me into the library,
-and showed me books of engraved pictures, each far more excellent
-than our ‘St. Christopher.’ These books were the ‘Ars Memorandi,’
-‘Ars Moriendi,’ and ‘Biblia Pauperum,’ which last consists of forty
-pictures, with written explanations.”
-
-“Truly a marvel,--a book of pictures! And what do they signify?”
-
-“The ‘Biblia Pauperum,’ or ‘Bible for the Poor,’ is a history or series
-of sketches from the Old and New Testaments; it is sometimes so called
-instead of the name I first mentioned.”
-
-“Aye, I remember to have heard of it, but would fain learn more about
-it.”
-
-“Its forty pictures were made by impressing paper with engraved blocks,
-as in the ‘St. Christopher.’ The color is brown, the pictures are
-placed opposite each other, and the blank backs are pasted together
-into one strong leaf.”
-
-“Pray, how large are the pictures?” and her interest growing with her
-husband’s recital, she quite forgot the work on which she was engaged,
-as he went on to say,--
-
-“They are each ten inches high and seven or eight inches wide, and
-consist of three pictures which are separated by lines; and, moreover,
-there are four half-length figures of prophets, two above and two below
-the larger pictures. Latin inscriptions are on each side of the upper
-figures, also verses in rhyme on each side of the lower, and other
-sentences on labels at the bottom of the whole.”
-
-“Wonderful truly! and what more?”
-
-“The middle pictures are from the New Testament, the others from the
-Old; and the latter in some way allude to or explain the former.”
-
-“But what interests me most in this book,” added Gutenberg, “is the
-fact that it is printed from blocks, like the ‘St. Christopher.’”
-
-“Dost thou truly think so? Art thou well advised that it is not the
-handicraft of a skillful scribe?”
-
-“Assuredly I am; it was not made with a pen, but with the engraved
-blocks, which are to be chosen rather than the slower mode of copying,
-since being once for all engraved, a number of books can be imprinted
-as easily as one.”
-
-“Aye,” returned Anna, “and they will be cheaper than the works written
-out by the scribes, and still be so dear that whoever maketh them must
-become enriched by their sale. If thou art taken with this tide, it
-will lead thee on to fortune. Thou art ingenious; and canst thou not
-make a ‘Biblia Pauperum?’”
-
-“A ‘Biblia Pauperum!’ Little wife, thou must be dreaming.” And
-Gutenberg saw that she had penetrated his secret.
-
-“But couldst thou not?” she persisted archly; “thou art so wise at
-devising things difficult to be accomplished.”
-
-Gutenberg laughed, saying, “I will even bethink me of it when nothing
-of more service can be done.”
-
-But although the suggestion of Anna had been treated as a new and
-impracticable idea, it was one, as she had divined, that Gutenberg was
-revolving; and seizing the first leisure hour, he commenced engraving a
-block, choosing for his subject as simplest and nearest at hand, one of
-the images of the playing cards.
-
-Anna’s estimate of Gutenberg was just. He had a passion for mechanical
-studies; and history tells us that “he invented many wonderful arts,”
-some of which were connected with his occupation. Not content with
-following the beaten track, his mind was fertile in expedients for
-saving labor and perfecting his work. He devised ways to improve
-the process of polishing stones and mirrors; and these new methods
-were ranked by the observing among his “arts.” These “arts” were
-stepping-stones to something better and higher--to the crowning
-discovery of his life. The great art could only be reached by
-patiently ascending to it through many lower steps of toil and
-invention. “It seems,” says one, “that every advancement of humanity is
-purchased with tears, and that suffering is the fatal law of all great
-beginnings.”
-
-But how eventful the path he trod, we shall see as we progress.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-[Illustration: ARMED KNIGHT.
-
-(Specimen of early engraving.)]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-III.
-
- Ancient Books and their Materials.--Sculptures.--Printing
- in China.--Use of Metals.--Seal.--Stencils.--Waxen Tablets.--
- Bark, Leaves, Shells.--Papyrus.--Parchments.--Paper.--Palimpsests.
- --Books written by Hand.--The Scriptorium.--Copyists and their
- Habits.--Illuminations.--Character of Ancient Books.--Scarcity
- and Costliness of Books.--Richard de Bury and Library.--Statutes
- of St. Mary’s College.--Books Chained.--Abundance of Books in
- Modern Times.
-
-
-Leaving Gutenberg occupied with his experiment, let us glance briefly
-at the books of that day, and the modes in which they were made and
-given to the world.
-
-The most ancient materials used for recording events were bricks,
-tiles, shells, and tables of stone. The modes of writing on these
-different substances were various. The tiles and brick were impressed
-with a stamp when in a soft state; the shells and tablets of stone were
-etched or graven, the figures or characters being cut in their surface,
-and in some cases also stained with various colors. It was by the
-ancient art of stamping that the walls, palaces, and towers of Babylon
-were covered with hieroglyphics, which have but recently been brought
-to light from under the immense mounds of Mesopotamia by Layard and
-other explorers.
-
-[Illustration: Babylonian Brick.]
-
-The patriarch Job, who is supposed to have lived about 2,300 years
-after the creation, exclaimed, “O that my words were now written! O
-that they were printed in a book! that they were graven with an iron
-pen, and hid in the rock forever!” Stung with the unjust accusation
-of his friends, he desires to record his words that the generations
-following might see the justice of his cause. The English translation
-has given the allusion to printing to the text, the original word
-signifying rather to ingrave on a plate, which was doubtless the only
-printing known to Job.
-
-Montfauçon purchased at Rome in 1699 an ancient book entirely composed
-of lead. It was about four inches long and three inches wide; and not
-only were the two pieces that formed the cover, and the leaves, six
-in number, of lead, but also the stick inserted through the rings to
-hold the leaves together, as well as the hinges and nails. It contained
-figures of Egyptian idols, and unintelligible writing.
-
-China, our ancestor in invention, from remote ages had a kind of
-stereotyping or printing. It was not, however, as some have supposed,
-like our printing, phonetic, or the expression of sound, but, like the
-Egyptian, hieroglyphical; being purely of an artificial structure,
-denoting every idea by its appropriate sign without any relation to
-the utterance, and speaking to the eye like the numerical ciphers of
-the Europeans, which every one understands and utters in his own way.
-And like most other nations of antiquity, the Chinese were content to
-remain without alphabetical writing. It is, however, due to the Chinese
-to add, that they led the way in making good printing-paper. When they
-invented making it, does not appear, some affirming that they had the
-use of it from time immemorial; others that they first discovered it in
-the second century of the Christian era.
-
-Brass, as more durable, was used for inscriptions designed to last the
-longest, such as treaties, laws, and alliances. Seals, also, were used
-by the ancients for impressing soft substances. In the British Museum
-there is a stamp of metal with raised letters. On the back of it is a
-ring, enabling the owner to wear it as a signet; his name, Caius Julius
-Cæcilius Hermias, being engraved in reversed letters upon it.
-
- +-------------+
- | CICAECILI |
- | HERMIAE.SN. |
- +-------------+
-
-Expanded according to the modern practice, the signet reads:--
-
- C. I. CÆCILII HERMIÆ SIGNUM.
- _Caii Julii Cæcilii Hermiæ Signum._
-
-This seal of Hermias was intended for stamping parchment with ink,
-as is shown by the fact that the roughness of the surface below the
-letters unfits it for stamping any soft substance into which it would
-sink, as into wax. If rubbed with printer’s ink and pressed upon paper,
-it prints very well. Thus the seed of this noble art was among the
-Romans. With a block of wood covered with raised letters, they might
-have printed a page, as well as a single name. But they were suffered
-to grope their way from age to age blindfolded to the art of which they
-had the clew. They almost grasped the great discovery, unconscious of
-the prize.
-
-Quintilian, speaking of the education of youth, says, “When the boy has
-begun to trace the forms of the letters, it will be useful for him to
-have the letters of the tablet engraved, that through them, as through
-furrows, he may draw his style. For thus he will neither make mistakes,
-being prevented by the edges on both sides, nor will he be able to go
-beyond the proper bound; and by tracing quickly and frequently certain
-forms, he will strengthen his joints, and will not need the assistance
-of some one to put his hand above his own, and guide it.” Here we find
-that the old Romans knew something of the art of stenciling.
-
-The Emperor Justin, who lived in the sixth century, could not write,
-and, to avoid the shame of making only a mark for his name, caused
-holes to be bored through a tablet in the shape of the first four
-letters of his name. Through these holes he traced the letters in red
-ink. Theodoric, King of the Ostrogoths, it is said, wrote his name
-through a gold plate, in the same manner.
-
-Tablets, or little tables of wood, as well as of metal, came at
-length to take the place of stone tables. The thin wooden tables were
-sometimes covered with wax, which was written upon with a style, or
-ivory pencil. These were so much like tracing in the sand, as soon to
-be laid aside, and the smooth, inner bark of trees, called _liber_ in
-the Latin, was used instead; also the leaves of the palm-tree, cloths
-of cotton and linen, the intestines and skins of animals, and the backs
-of tortoises. We derive our name _book_ from the Danish _bog_, the
-beech-tree, since that was used to engrave on in Denmark, because of
-its abundance.
-
-The Egyptians very early employed a broad-leafed rush growing on the
-banks of the Nile, as a material upon which to write. This was the
-_papyrus_, a word which has given its name to our modern paper. Large
-bundles of papyrus manuscripts, covered with hieroglyphics, have been
-found in the ancient tombs and temples of that country, some of which
-are capable of being deciphered at the present day.
-
-Parchment, which is the prepared skins of animals, came into use B. C.
-250. It was so called from Pergamus (_membrana pergamea_), whose king,
-Eumenes, seeking to collect a library which should vie with that of
-Alexandria, and being debarred a supply of papyrus by the jealousy
-of the Ptolemies, had recourse to this substitute. After the eighth
-century, parchment generally took the place of papyrus.
-
-Ancient books were not commonly disposed in a square form, as with us,
-but were _rolled_ up. Hence the word _volume_, signifying a roll.
-
-Paper from cotton and linen rags began, it is thought, to be made
-as early as the ninth century. For several centuries, however, the
-manufacture was so scanty as to increase very little the facilities for
-copying. Gradually, it became more plentiful, and writing material of
-small cost laid the foundation for that cheap and expeditious mode of
-copying which we call printing.
-
-In the age when parchment was used, it was often difficult to be
-obtained; and it became common to erase the original writing from a
-manuscript and trace another upon it. A parchment thus used was called
-_palimpsest_, which means “twice prepared for writing.” Thus, many
-valuable works were destroyed to make way for newer, and, in some
-cases, less important ones. Happily we live in a time when we have no
-occasion to destroy one library to produce another.
-
-It seems strange, too, that a transcriber familiar with the labor of
-copying would not be deterred by his love of learning from putting even
-one book out of existence. But necessity knew no law; and the writer,
-deeming his own work to possess greater utility, sacrificed another to
-make room for it,--to such straits were the scribes sometimes brought
-for the lack of writing material. Struggling to express thought,
-there was no room to put it down. Written language, scarcely second
-to spoken language, had almost perished; and had the art of printing
-been invented before paper was known, it would have been comparatively
-useless.
-
-The writing and rewriting on parchment, as it was often done two
-or three times, has recently led learned men to make these ancient
-parchments a study; and they have thus deciphered or read the last
-writing, then, effacing that, have deciphered the second, and, effacing
-that, have read the first,--often the most valuable,--and in this way
-have brought to light lost works, and found out many important facts of
-history.
-
-The books of those early days were written out by hand, _manuscripta_;
-and the profession of the copyist was one of the most numerous,
-honorable, and lucrative. Some booksellers employed great numbers of
-copyists, paying them salaries, and made their own livelihood on the
-profits of selling the works thus copied. There were in Rome, and in
-some of the great cities of Greece and of Asia, particular places where
-such works were sold. The rich also sometimes had slaves, prized more
-highly and treated more familiarly than other slaves, who were devoted
-by them to copying the works of antiquity and of their time, for their
-libraries. Government, too, employed a great many copyists for its
-edicts, and orators employed them in transcribing their discourses.
-Later, the eunuchs copied at Byzantium the chief works of Greek,
-Latin, and Hebrew antiquity. Finally, there were the monks, who, in
-the retirement of the monasteries, gave their time very much to the
-multiplication of books by the slow process of writing.
-
-In every great religious house, or abbey, there was an apartment
-called the scriptorium, or writing-room, where boys and young men were
-employed from morning till night in copying the singing-books of the
-choir, and the less valuable books of the library. Only a few of the
-monks copied in this large apartment, enough to give directions, and
-keep order among the boys and novices. Most of the “Holy Fathers,” as
-they chose to be styled, spent their time in the cells, transcribing
-Bibles and other valuable works.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-A monk copying. He has a cowl on his head, and wears the priest’s long
-gown with flowing sleeves. His waist is girt with a belt; and he sits
-bolt upright, or slightly leans forward in the most perpendicular of
-arm-chairs, which seems to be joined to the desk of his cell. How
-curiously he holds his quill and pointed ferule! His prior is cautious
-and methodical; for he has chained the manuscript from which the monk
-is copying to the wall, as if experience had taught him that he cannot
-overmuch trust the brothers.
-
-An author of those times would make a similar appearance, save that
-there would be no book before him, unless for reference.
-
-Richard de Bury, Bishop of Durham, in his “Philobiblion,” a treatise
-on the love of books, written by him in Latin in 1344, gives a good
-picture of the transcriber, or copyist of the monastery. He says: “As
-it is necessary for a State to provide military arms, and prepare
-plentiful stores of provisions for soldiers who are about to fight, so
-it is evidently worth the labor of the Church to fortify itself against
-the attacks of pagans and heretics with a multitude of sound books.
-But, because everything that is of use to mortals decays through lapse
-of time, it is necessary for volumes corroded by age to be restored
-by new successors, that books may not cease to exist. Hence it is
-that Ecclesiastes truly says, in the 12th chapter, ‘There is no end
-of making many books.’ For, as the bodies of books decay, so a remedy
-is found out by the prudence of clerks, by which a holy book paying
-the debt of nature [_i. e._, dying] may have one succeed it, and a
-seed may be raised up like to the most holy deceased, and that saying
-of Ecclesiastes, chapter thirtieth, be verified: ‘The father is dead,
-and as it were not dead, for he hath left behind him a son like unto
-himself.’”
-
-Then he goes on to upbraid the priests for soiling books, giving us
-rather an unfavorable impression concerning the habits of the monks.
-One would suppose that they could command the leisure to keep clean.
-The Bishop just quoted deplores “the unwashed hands, the dirty nails,
-the greasy elbows leaning upon the volume, the munching of fruit and
-cheese over the open leaves, which were the marks of careless and idle
-readers,” and suggestive also, some would say, of lack of culture and
-refinement, and even that their religion was of a low type; else would
-it not, at least, have produced the virtue which is next to godliness?
-
-Then follow sound and sensible directions how to use books. “Let there
-be a mature decorum in opening and closing of volumes, that they may
-neither be unclasped with precipitous haste, nor thrown aside after use
-without being duly closed.”
-
-Says an English writer: “When a volume was at last produced in fair
-parchment, or vellum, after the arduous labor of years, it was covered
-with immensely thick lids of wood and leather, studded with large
-nails, and curiously clasped, and was studiously preserved from the
-common gaze on the shelves of the monastic library.
-
-“The splendid volumes thus made, bore evidence, however, not only
-of persevering industry, but of great ingenuity; the letters at the
-beginning of each chapter or section being adorned with curious
-devices. Frequently, too, a painting called an illumination was
-introduced radiant with gold, crimson, and azure. But no vulgar or
-unpriestly eyes looked on their contents, unless, indeed, we except
-kings and princes; they were only unclasped on days of solemnity, by
-the abbot or the prior, and then restored, like the jewels of the
-priesthood, to their dusty cases.”
-
-Montgomery says, “The readers of those days were rather gluttons than
-epicures in their taste for literature,” canonizing all books because
-they were books, as children eulogize their toys without noticing the
-quality. “To say all that could be said on any theme, whether in verse
-or prose, was the fashion of the times; and as few read but those who
-were devoted to reading by an irresistible passion or professional
-necessity, and few wrote but those who were equally impelled by an
-inveterate instinct, great books were the natural produce of the
-latter, who knew not how to make little ones; and great books only
-could appease the voracity of the former. Great books, therefore,
-were both the fruits and the proofs of the ignorance of the age. They
-were mostly composed in the gloom and torpor of the cloister, and it
-almost required a human life to read the works of an author of this
-description, because it was nearly as easy to compound as to digest
-such crudities.” These labors of the learned could not of course
-interest the common people, as they could neither understand nor buy
-them. These were books without meaning,--with so little logic and
-connection that the more one read, the deeper he got into the maze or
-tangled mass of words. “And the lucubrations through a thousand years,
-of many a noble, many a lovely mind, which only wanted better direction
-how to unfold its energies or display its graces to benefit or delight
-mankind, were but passing meteors, that made visible the darkness out
-of which they rose, and into which they sank again to be hid forever.”
-
-Nevertheless, we owe it to the monks to say that there were many
-good and learned men among them, and for much that is valuable in
-our libraries we can not thank them enough. We can never consult a
-concordance of the Bible without calling to mind that they first
-conceived the idea of such a work, and numbers of them, jointly
-laboring long and incessantly, nobly laid its foundations, on which
-others who came after raised the structure and reaped the glory.
-
-It will be readily inferred from what has been said that books in
-those times were scarce and costly. Only the rich could afford to have
-them, and they had but very few. The monasteries and universities
-had libraries, and occasionally one was found in the castles of the
-nobility. The Cathedral of Nôtre Dame, in Strasbourg, was famed for
-its splendid collection of five hundred volumes. The Countess of Anjou
-bought a book of Homilies, paying for it two hundred sheep, five
-quarters of wheat, and the same quantity of rye and millet. Henry V.,
-King of England, borrowed a book from the Countess of Westmoreland; and
-not having returned it at his death, the Countess petitioned the Privy
-Council that it might be restored to her by an order under the privy
-seal, which was done with all formality.
-
-Richard de Bury, whom we have already mentioned, had gathered in his
-life-time, by copying with his own hand and by purchase, a valuable
-library. In his will he bestowed a portion of it upon “a company
-of scholars residing in a hall at Oxford,” and one of his chapters
-is headed “A Provident Arrangement by which Books may be lent to
-Strangers,” meaning, by strangers, students of Oxford not belonging to
-that hall.
-
-This library, from which a book could not be borrowed without giving
-ample security, was finally given to Durham, now Trinity College, and
-contained more books than all the bishops of England had then in their
-possession. For many years after they were received they were kept in
-chests, under the custody of several scholars chosen for that purpose.
-It was not till the reign of Henry IV. that a library was built in
-that college; and then the books were taken out of the old sepulchral
-chests, and “were put into pews or studies and chained to them.” In
-1300, the library of Oxford consisted of a few tracts kept in a chest.
-
-[Illustration: Chained Bible.]
-
-The statutes of St. Mary’s College, Oxford, in the reign of Henry VI.,
-furnish striking proof of the obstacles to study caused by a scarcity
-of books. “Let no scholar occupy a book in the library above one hour,
-or two hours at most, so that others shall be hindered from the use of
-the same.” This reveals quite a famine of books, but not so great as
-at a still earlier period of the Church, when one book was given out
-by the librarian to each of a religious fraternity at the beginning of
-Lent, to be read diligently during the year, and to be returned the
-following Lent.
-
-The old way of shutting up books in chests shows that they could not
-be often changed, for whenever one was wanted the whole pile must be
-disturbed. The next plan was to allow the books the privilege of light
-and air, but to chain them to desks and in cages, as if their keepers
-looked upon them literally as riches with wings ready to fly away.
-
-The following passage, malediction of some grim friar perhaps, was
-often written on the first leaf of a book: “Cursed be he who shall
-steal or tear out the leaves, or in any way injure this book.”
-
-A milder and more modern couplet, is--
-
- “Steal not this book for fear of shame,
- For here you see the owner’s name.”
-
-Thus various were the devices from time to time to secure the
-possession of treasures more precious than gold.
-
-How different the state of things at this day! Instead of being rare
-and expensive luxuries, books are abundant both in the homes of the
-rich and the poor.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-IV.
-
- An Important Step.--Engraving a Name.--Engraving Pictures.--
- Superstitions.--Difficulties overcome.--An Improvement.--
- Experiment and Progress.--A New Book.--Cheerful Thoughts.
-
-
-One day, a few weeks after the events in our second chapter, Gutenberg
-surprised his wife as she sat sewing by the window, saying,--
-
-“Behold some of my handicraft!” showing her a number of cards.
-
-“Ah, and so you did not give up the project? and you have succeeded so
-well! One could not distinguish between these and the old ones, save
-that these are newer and fresher.”
-
-“Nevertheless, this is but a step; it availeth me little till I can
-frame letters, and impress them on vellum in like manner. It remains
-that I try thy name, my Anna. I cannot fail to engrave that name on
-wood, which hath been so long traced on my heart!” And to his loving
-glance there beamed a happy light in her eyes, and her cheeks were
-aglow, as he betook him to writing her name on a small wooden tablet.
-Cutting away the wood, except the writing lines, he left the letters
-raised, or in relief, and thus formed a stamp of his wife’s name.
-Moistening it with ink, he placed a piece of paper over it, and, gently
-pressing it upon the letters, beheld, on lifting it, the word imprinted
-upon the paper.
-
-[Illustration: Anna]
-
-We of this age of books and papers cannot enter into his emotions. But
-Anna could, and so the good man did not miss our sympathy.
-
-“Famously done!” she exclaimed; “it is the likeness of writing.”
-
-Does this seem to us a curious commendation of printing, that it
-resembled writing? But the manuscript letter was the only one known as
-yet, and it was natural to judge the result of the new experiment by
-its agreement with that letter.
-
-“Aye, I think myself it is not a failure,” said Gutenberg; “and I fancy
-it would not be difficult for me to produce a copy of that picture of
-‘St. Christopher,’ I mean by suitable patience and perseverance.”
-
-“But was not that done with a pen?”
-
-“Nay: it appears so, but on examination I find that it was made with
-an engraved block;” and taking the rude print from the wall, he showed
-upon the back of it the marks of the stylus, or burnisher by which it
-was rubbed upon the letters. “Rest assured from this that they were
-never produced by a pen, as in common writing.”
-
-“Well,” returned the good wife, “it would truly be a pious act to
-multiply the picture of ‘St. Christopher,’ since a blessing will follow
-him who looketh upon it. I would fain have one in our sleeping-room,
-that my eyes may light upon it when I awake.”
-
-Poor Anna! she had already forgotten Gutenberg’s sensible remark on a
-former occasion. Educated to attach a superstitious value to sacred
-pictures, she still relied on them. This perverted trust, however,
-shows that she felt her need of the protection and favor of a higher
-than human power.
-
-Encouraged by the approbation of his wife, and nerved by that passion
-which urges the inventor onward in the pathway of discovery, Gutenberg
-undertook the task with alacrity. First he met the difficulty of
-finding wood suitable for engraving. Some kinds were too soft and
-porous, others liable to split. After many trials, he selected the
-wood of the apple-tree. This has a fine grain, is dense and compact,
-and sufficiently firm to bear the process of engraving. In modern
-times box-wood is almost exclusively used in this art, as superior to
-all other species in the qualities required. It is sawed in blocks
-crosswise of the grain, and these polished and whitened, present a
-surface almost as smooth as ivory, and capable of receiving the finest
-touches of the pencil and the graving tool.
-
-Another difficulty in his course was the want of tools; his unfailing
-genius came to the rescue, and tool after tool was contrived, until
-his tool-box showed an array of knives, saws, chisels, and gravers of
-various patterns, each one in its turn having been duly admired by the
-pair of bright eyes that followed his progress.
-
-At first Gutenberg drew the portrait of the saint and the inscriptions
-accompanying it on the same block; but in later experiments he hit upon
-the idea of having them on separate pieces, the different blocks being
-nicely fitted together in printing. This was an onward step, which he
-viewed with satisfaction.
-
-“These movable blocks will be of service,” said he to Anna; “for I can
-complete the picture as well as the letters better in this way, and,
-when desirable, can embellish the writing with ink of another color.”
-
-At length, when the “St. Christopher” appeared, printed from the
-improved block, Anna exclaimed that it was far better than the old one.
-
-“Yes,” replied Gutenberg, “but I perceive that it is not perfect. No
-picture can be properly executed without thicker ink. This flows too
-readily, and with all my care I can scarcely avoid blotting.”
-
-It required many experiments and much patience to surmount this
-difficulty of the ink. He found finally that a preparation of oil would
-best serve his purpose. The color might be varied according to the
-ingredients used. In the earliest works which have come down to us, it
-is of a darkish brown, and appears to have been made of umber. This
-was chosen probably in imitation of the old drawings which served as
-copies. A mixture of lamp-black with oil gives a black ink; and this is
-substantially the composition of printer’s ink at the present day.
-
-As Gutenberg experimented, Anna watched his progress with excited
-interest. When he had succeeded in preparing an ink of suitable
-quality, she saw that he needed some means of spreading it evenly upon
-the block.
-
-“Now indeed thou canst aid me,” said he; “stuff and sew this piece
-of sheep-skin, while I prepare the paper for the impressions.” The
-nimbly flying fingers soon completed the task; and when Gutenberg had
-added a handle to the ball, the first printer’s dabber was ready.
-“One more servant of my art,” Gutenberg pleasantly said as he dipped
-it in the ink which he had ground upon a slab, and applied it to a
-block. He then laid the paper upon it, and, with the polished handle of
-one of his graving tools, carefully smoothed and pressed it upon the
-raised portions of the block,--both picture and its letters. He then
-cautiously removed it, and both viewed the result with joyful emotions.
-
-“The new ink works marvelously!” said the inventor.
-
-“And this print even surpasses your first attempt!”
-
-“Yes, and I value it the more for the labor and contrivance it has cost
-me.”
-
-“Now I shall want a ‘St. Christopher’ in every room,” said Anna; “it
-will be like having more good people in the house, and our lives will
-be inspired by the memory of what they have done.”
-
-“But what am I to do?” rejoined Gutenberg. “I cannot afford the time
-and money to occupy myself in making pictures, unless it can also be
-turned to some pecuniary advantage.”
-
-“And is there no way of acquiring money from them?”
-
-“Not at present. I have, however, made an improvement on the pictures;
-they will grace our humble home, and it may be that I can make them
-useful to others.”
-
-“Yes, for whoever seeth them will want one.”
-
-“And be willing to pay for it?”
-
-“Aye, why not?”
-
-“We shall see. Thou hast confidence in my experiments.”
-
-“Ah, indeed have I; since I perceive that thou hast the power of
-devising wonderful arts!”
-
-Thus cheerily did the lapidary’s wife encourage him, admiring his work,
-suggesting the bright side of affairs, then tripping out into the yard
-to console the pigeons with seeds, to water her flowers, and train the
-wild-growing climbers within bounds, her heart the meanwhile full of
-her husband’s enterprise; and she murmured to herself,--
-
-“John will succeed, and we shall be delivered from our trouble.”
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-V.
-
- Pecuniary Troubles.--An Expedient.--Disappointment.--The Jewels.--A
- Sale.--Apprentices.--Visit to the Cathedral.--A New Enterprise.
-
-
-Gutenberg’s gratifying success was not devoid of trial, as has been
-hinted. In his hasty flight from Mentz, he had little money with him,
-and years of embarrassment followed, despite his diligence in business
-and economy. His mother’s remittances had been carefully husbanded; but
-since engaging in block-printing, this store had wasted away.
-
-How could he retrieve his losses, and gain means to bring out other
-discoveries? He revolved the matter while Anna slept, and, rising with
-early dawn, took impressions of the “St. Christopher.” At breakfast he
-told his wife of his purpose to sell them to his neighbors. She warmly
-approved, and offered to arrange them in the shop, greatly to the
-relief of Gutenberg, who answered with emotion,
-
-“So thoughtful of thee, my Anna; and our necessity urgeth speedy sales.”
-
-“Aye, they shall beautify the shop,” said the little lady as she
-arranged the cuts, placing one here, another there, and viewing the
-effect of the light, and hied her to the adjoining room, just when Mrs.
-Anna Schultheiss stepped into the shop on her way home from market. Her
-dowry jewels were being reset, and she was anxious to get them.
-
-“My jewels not done yet!” she exclaimed, “All, indeed, master, and how
-can I go to the marriage-feast, wanting them?”
-
-“Be content, mistress,” replied Gutenberg; “thou shall have them at
-sunset.”
-
-“Thanks, good master; but what pictures are these?” glancing around
-the room as she spoke. As he passed one for her inspection, she cried:
-“Mirabile! the good saint! See him bearing the infant Jesus over the
-water. How could the child have forded the stream without him? Wrap
-the picture nicely, and I will take it home with me. My husband is a
-formschneider, and thou mayst need his aid.” Gutenberg crimsoned, but
-gave her the cut on her own terms, and she bore it away with delight.
-
-When next a neighbor called, and after admiring the prints, purchased
-one, the inventor breathed more freely; and the lively sound of his
-graving tools soon indicated how greatly encouragement lightened his
-toil.
-
-Others, however, calling to purchase gems, chose the pictures. At the
-evening meal Anna was radiant, and congratulated her husband that the
-pictures found a ready sale.
-
-“Nevertheless, I have lost money to-day,” replied he, a little
-depressed.
-
-“Ah! and how did it happen?”
-
-“Those who purchased prints had purposed to buy gems, and a fair
-estimation makes me the loser. The pictures draw attention from my
-jewels and mirrors, and do not return an equivalent. I fear the two
-pursuits will so conflict as to prevent success with either!”
-
-Anna was illy prepared for this intelligence, and urged, “But thou wilt
-do better when used to both labors. Moreover, I can aid thee. Did I not
-arrange the cuts? And when the wood-carrier admired my print, did I not
-sell him one, and allow him to bring wood in payment?”
-
-“Thou hast well earned a benediction,” returned the husband, smiling.
-
-“When dost thou go to Nôtre Dame Cathedral?” asked Anna.
-
-“When I shall have finished the Father’s jewels. I must confess to
-thee, dear, as before, that in engraving blocks I have lost ground in
-my trade.”
-
-“Nevertheless,” replied Anna, bent on dispelling his despondency, “it
-is a favorable omen that thy handicraft of pictures is of the saint
-that shieldeth from evil.”
-
-By dint of close application, Gutenberg, having completed the
-Superior’s jewels by noon of the next day, returned to his engraved
-blocks, and before evening of the second day had given the finishing
-touch to several prints. Laden with jewels and pictures, he left the
-house, Anna wishing him Godspeed, and watching him till the mass of
-vines, shrubbery, and apple-trees hid him from sight. The cloistered
-Cathedral was not far distant, yet the winding way which led there was
-quickly lost in the luxuriant foliage.
-
-On his arrival he was ushered into the library, which might be termed a
-scriptorium, or monks’ writing-room, so many copyists there plied the
-pen. Having delivered the jewels, he showed his pictures.
-
-“Whose handicraft may this be?” quoth a gray-headed friar.
-
-“The name of the artisan doth not appear,” was the reply.
-
-“Where didst thou obtain them?” asked another.
-
-“Suffer me to keep a little secret,” replied Gutenberg, “which would
-not benefit thee if told.”
-
-“I will purchase the entire lot,” said the Abbot, after examining them.
-“They will grace the walls of the library, and tend to preserve us from
-evil.”
-
-Anna came running to meet Gutenberg as he returned, and was well
-pleased to learn of the sale.
-
-“And now,” said she, “thou art in a fair way to get rich!” But
-Gutenberg said, gravely,--
-
-“We must not forget that the steady gains of a regular business are
-more to be relied on than occasional successes in other pursuits.” Yet
-Gutenberg was himself loath to take this view, and turned reluctantly
-to his trade.
-
-Not long after, he was surprised one morning by the entrance of Andrew
-Dritzhn, an intelligent citizen of Strasbourg, stout and hale-looking,
-and about thirty-five years of age. Taking a seat, he wound through a
-long talk, and at last made known his errand, which was to ask that
-Gutenberg would allow him to come and learn his trade. The latter loved
-the quiet of his own thoughts too well to choose the presence of a
-workman in his shop.
-
-But when he considered that if he once had a good artisan in his
-employ, the jewel and mirror business could go on, and himself have
-more time for his printing researches, he decided to engage Dritzhn.
-But no sooner was Dritzhn in favor with his new employer than he
-introduced his friends Hielman, whose brother was the first paper-maker
-in Strasbourg, and Riffe, who craved a like favor of being admitted
-to learn Gutenberg’s trade. The shop now presented a busy scene with
-three apprentices,--Dritzhn, careful, plodding, ingenious, and eager
-to learn; Riffe, mostly engaged on mirrors, complacently catching
-glimpses of his own round visage as his work waxed bright; and Hielman,
-polishing jewels and making himself generally useful. But what with the
-din of the wheel, saw, chisel, and polisher, the inventor had little
-time for thought. It was, “How shall I do this, Master Gutenberg?”
-“What next, master?” from morning till night; and he could not command
-time to pursue his engraved blocks, as he had hoped. Yet it was
-necessary, for the purpose of disguising from his associates for a
-longer time the real object of his secret enterprise, to devote himself
-with them to many curious and secondary industries. There was “the
-cutting and fashioning of precious stones; the polishing of Venetian
-glass to make mirrors; cutting the mirrors into facettes or diamonds;
-the encasing them in copper frames, which he enriched with figures of
-wood representing personages of fable and of the Bible.” These mirrors
-were sold at the fair of Aix-la-Chapelle, and helped the funds of the
-association, as well as Gutenberg in the secret expenses destined to
-accomplish and perfect his invention. To secure the needed seclusion,
-he fitted up a room, and spent his evenings on the hidden art in the
-presence of Anna, after the workmen had left the front shop.
-
-For the purpose of selling “St. Christophers,” he again visited Nôtre
-Dame; and on his return, Anna’s glance at his face assured her that he
-brought good news.
-
-“Ah,” said he, “but it is not because I have returned with much money,
-although I may have done as well.” And undoing a wrapper he produced
-the “Historia Sancti Johannis Evangelistæ,” or “History of St. John the
-Evangelist,” which he had obtained in exchange for cuts. “What think
-you of this?” said he. “See, it is written on vellum with illuminated
-initials,[2] and has sixty-three pages. And observe, it is copied with
-a pen: some patient monk has toiled over this many a weary day in his
-cell. But I have a plan which I think will be an improvement, which is
-to engrave it as I did the picture.”
-
- [2] _Vellum._ A finer kind of parchment or skin, rendered clear
- and white for writing. _Illuminated initials._ Capital
- letters, commencing a chapter or paragraph were said to be
- illuminated when made large and painted in colors; often
- being ornamented with delicate devices of flowers, birds or
- animals. The monks were skilled in this adornment of books.
-
-“Engrave a book! It would be delightful to have one made by thine own
-skill!”
-
-“Yes, and when once the blocks are engraved for the book,--a block for
-a page, sixty-three blocks, I can impress a score of books as well as
-one copy.”
-
-“And thou canst sell books as well as the monks!” cried Anna joyfully.
-“Neither wilt thou be shut up in a cloister a year to copy one small
-book; but I wouldn’t wonder when the blocks are prepared, if thou
-couldst make a book in a day, even saving time and earning money!”
-
-“A likely matter truly! but we must not build air-castles!” Sage
-advice for him to give who was himself a castle-builder, as are all
-enthusiastic people,--may they never be less; for what would be done in
-this work-a-day world without the healthful stimulus of the illusions
-of hope?
-
-A small table in the sitting-room was at evening a work-bench. It was
-neatly covered in the daytime, and Anna’s work-box was on it. But
-the inventor found it necessary to seek entire seclusion for some of
-his processes, and secured, it is said, a fitting place in the ruins
-of the St. Arbogast Monastery, abandoned to the moles and the bats
-save the part which was inhabited by the poor people of the suburbs
-of Strasbourg; and there, in a forsaken cloister, he established his
-secret study and work-shop, whither he withdrew whenever his presence
-could be spared from the front shop. Not even to Anna did he divulge
-his hidden work. She was content, knowing that in good time she would
-know the result.
-
-Evening came, and in the quiet home-room the inventor commenced
-engraving the first page of the “History of St. John,” carefully
-tracing the letters on the smooth surface of the block, and imitating
-the most approved copyist’s hand. As Anna watched him, she thought them
-perfect, and with good reason.
-
-Toil on, busy worker! Glorious things will follow thy labor!
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-VI.
-
- Unwelcome Visitors.--Unjust Demand.--A Compromise.--Secret Firm.--A
- Removal.--Teaching the Workmen.--Block Printing.--Success.
-
-
-Day after day Gutenberg busied himself with his associates in various
-labors, except at intervals, when he engraved blocks, enlivened by the
-sprightly presence of Anna, or pursued his experiments in the recesses
-of the monastery.
-
-“How famously you get on!” said Anna, one evening, as she counted his
-pile of finished blocks while he wrought at his engraving.
-
-There was a knock; and, in an instant, to the consternation of both,
-Dritzhn and Hielman opened the door, and, without ceremony, entered.
-Gutenberg was surprised with block and graving tools in hand, and the
-“Historia” open before him.
-
-“Ah! what have we here?” asked Dritzhn, stepping up to him; “something
-new in mystery?”
-
-“Excuse me,” replied the inventor, coloring, “if I waive an explanation
-for the present.”
-
-“But,” said Hielman, drawing nearer and speaking in excited tones,--for
-he was a close man in money matters,--“thou didst engage to teach us
-thy arts, if we would pay thee.”
-
-“It is true,” answered Gutenberg, “that I did covenant to show thee my
-arts of the lapidary and mirror business, but that agreement did not
-cover other arts which are only partly known to myself.”
-
-“Be persuaded to do the fair thing, good master,” said Dritzhn.
-
-“In paying thee,” added Hielman, “we understood that thou wouldst teach
-us all thy arts. We want our money’s worth.”
-
-“I have found it necessary,” observed Gutenberg, not appearing to
-notice the remark, “to be favored with quiet and seclusion in pursuing
-any new branch of business, and I cannot succeed in this unless it be
-kept a profound secret. Still money is needed to carry it on.”
-
-This only made Dritzhn more eager to learn the nature of the
-enterprise; and he answered, “If that be all, we can keep thy secret,
-furnish funds, and perhaps help thee in the work.”
-
-Gutenberg, with many misgivings, finally decided to trust them, first
-obtaining from each a formal pledge of secrecy. Then producing his
-cards and cuts, he explained, step by step, the process of making them.
-His callers expressed great interest and admiration.
-
-“I can be of service in executing the figures,” said Dritzhn, “as I am
-a draughtsman.”
-
-“You could assist me in that direction,” said the inventor; “but I am
-now mostly engaged in engraving tablets for books.”
-
-“Making books by engraving!” exclaimed Dritzhn. “When will the marvels
-cease?”
-
-“I have invented a way of imprinting books by a process unknown to any
-others. Only block picture-books with inscriptions have approached the
-idea.” Gutenberg then showed the “Historia” on which he was working.
-
-“Master,” cried Dritzhn in amazement, “a man of such genius will surely
-realize a fortune! Why, it would take the wages of a common artisan two
-years to buy such a work; and you have a large part of it done in a few
-weeks.” But Hielman, afraid of new projects, was less sanguine.
-
-“This will succeed,” urged Dritzhn aside to him, “and we shall want a
-share in it. Since also we know the secret, and have bound ourselves by
-an oath, we cannot honorably turn back. It only remains to aid Master
-Gutenberg to the extent of our power.” Then turning to Gutenberg, he
-said,--
-
-“But will not this art do away with copying?”
-
-“Not at once,” replied Gutenberg. “But if the copyists should get a
-hint of what this invention can do, they might seek to crush it.
-Moreover, the art is only begun; I learn something new day by day; and
-I have confided my secret to you, that as a firm we may bring it to
-perfection.”
-
-The sequel of the interview was that a written contract was drawn up by
-Gutenberg, who was a ready writer, and signed by them all, binding the
-parties for the term of five years on two conditions:--
-
-First, that they pay Gutenberg the sum of two hundred and fifty
-florins; one hundred immediately, and the remainder at a certain fixed
-period. Second, that if any one of the partners should die during the
-time of the copartnership, the survivors should pay to his heirs the
-sum of one hundred florins, in consideration of which the effects
-should become the property of the surviving partners.
-
-Other items followed; and, above all, the profoundest secrecy was
-enjoined.
-
-Business, however, went on as usual through the day; and a customer
-chancing in Gutenberg’s work-shop would not have dreamed of the
-existence of the secret firm to prosecute the new art. Dritzhn wrought
-as if in deep thought; but if at times he seemed to loiter, he made out
-his quota of work ere the day’s decline. Hielman polished as usual on
-mirrors; and Riffe, although burdened with the secret, kept at work
-with his old cheerful whistle.
-
-When evening came, a second conference was held at the home-room of
-Gutenberg’s house, when Riffe also took the oath of secrecy, and signed
-the contract. But Gutenberg was oppressed with foreboding. Since his
-hidden occupation of the engraved blocks had been discovered by Dritzhn
-and Hielman, he saw that others also might find it out. On mentioning
-his anxiety to the firm, Dritzhn at once replied that the business
-ought to be removed to a more retired place, and made offer of his own
-upper room. After examination, Gutenberg decided to make the change,
-and a part of the engraving apparatus was forthwith carried to that
-place. In order, however, to cover appearances, and also meet expenses,
-it was judged best for Hielman and Riffe to continue the lapidary and
-mirror department, as usual, in the front shop, while Gutenberg and
-Dritzhn were to spend a portion of their time in engraving blocks in
-the upper room of the latter, although some of the work was still done,
-as before, at the inventor’s cottage. This arrangement seemed necessary
-to make the twofold occupations thrive. Hielman and Riffe still needed
-much instruction in gem and mirror polishing, and they had also the
-advantage of regular lessons in engraving, to which they were entitled
-by the articles of agreement.
-
-Gutenberg’s “Historia” was necessarily somewhat hindered, as his
-attention was much occupied with teaching Dritzhn in engraving blocks.
-As, however, the latter had skill in drafting, he very readily caught
-the ideas indispensable to the art,--accuracy in drawing the figure,
-and a careful management of the graver’s tool in cutting away the
-block so as to leave the lines raised. Dritzhn made good progress in
-figure-cutting on card-engraving, which was the first lesson Gutenberg
-gave him; but in attempting to engrave letters, he was not so skillful.
-
-“That department of the art can only be acquired by patience and
-labor,” said Gutenberg to his pupil. “I therefore advise that you
-continue on the figures.”
-
-Thus pleasantly they wrought together, Dritzhn on figures, and
-Gutenberg on letters, for he still pursued the “History of St. John.”
-Hielman and Riffe were quite awkward as pupils in the art. In the first
-place, neither had any idea of drawing, and Gutenberg was under the
-necessity of teaching them the elements of that science; then they
-could not read, and he must needs initiate them into the mysteries of
-the alphabet. Anna came to the rescue, or poor Gutenberg would have
-despaired of making them engravers. She taught one his letters, while
-her husband instructed the other in drawing straight and curved lines.
-Anna, after a time, hit upon a short route to accomplish both together,
-and required her pupil to draw a letter as soon as he had learned it.
-In this way, what with the efforts of Gutenberg, and the suggestions
-of Anna, they soon made perceptible progress, and in due time were
-familiar with the alphabet, and could draw it passably well. While
-occupying most of their time with the lapidary and mirror business,
-they still gave several hours each day and evening to the new art.
-
-When Gutenberg advanced Riffe and Hielman to engraving the letters
-which he had drawn, they sadly blundered.
-
-“What a world of patience you had, master, when you worked through all
-this alone!” said Hielman, showing his block, on which, after much
-painstaking, he had cut a Y in the shape of a well-sweep.
-
-“It is a wonder to me, master, how thou didst discover this art, when
-it is such a labor for us to learn it!” exclaimed Riffe; and he held up
-a B which looked more like a camel.
-
-“There’s nothing like trying,” said Gutenberg pleasantly, as he went
-through the process of drawing another letter for each. It was,
-however, a source of great annoyance to him to have so many blocks
-ruined by his workmen; and he bethought him of a way to prevent this
-waste, which was to give them small strips of wood of little value, on
-which to make their experiments in cutting letters, which may have led
-to the idea of movable type. Meanwhile, as he had time, he progressed
-with his book. By dint of patient plodding, Dritzhn finished the
-figures of the work, when Gutenberg had accomplished the more toilsome
-labor of graving letters, page by page.
-
-The blocks of the “Historia” were completed, and great was the joy of
-all parties,--none being more enthusiastic than Anna, who thought doing
-the work so quickly, scarcely less than a miracle.
-
-“Now is my time to help,” said she; “I can take the impressions!” Her
-husband smiled, and Dritzhn looked incredulous, which made her more
-eager to be of use in expediting the issue of the famous “History.”
-Gutenberg gladly accepted her proffer of aid, saying,--
-
-“We welcome thy assistance, my dear, and we shall all be very busy.
-To-night we must fold and cut the paper into the right size for pages,
-and also grind the umber and make the ink, and to-morrow we will
-commence impressing the leaves.”
-
-Thus they wrought as busy as bees, and it proved to be rare honey that
-they stored in those days of patient toil,--honey for the world, which
-will never be exhausted for all time, as our sequel will show.
-
-Gutenberg and Dritzhn impressed the pages from the engraved blocks
-through the early part of the next day, while Riffe and Hielman, as
-usual, wrought in the front shop at the old trades. In the afternoon
-Dritzhn relieved the two workmen, while they with Anna assisted
-Gutenberg. After a little practice, she could take impressions as well
-as her husband; and when she wearied of this, she made a strong paste,
-and under his direction commenced pasting the blank sides of the leaves
-together, for they were printed only on one side. In a few days they
-had a number of “Histories” bound and ready for sale. There was great
-rejoicing among those early workers over the beautiful books which were
-the result of their toil!
-
-Now came the question how to dispose of them. The firm finally
-concluded to exhibit them two or three at a time in the front shop, and
-try the effect on customers.
-
-Gutenberg, remembering the experiment with pictures, said little. He
-was, however, hopeful that they could in some way make a market for the
-edition in the course of a few weeks. If so, he felt that it would be a
-triumph of block-printing over copying.
-
-But he was doubtful of the project of exhibiting them in the way
-proposed, as the more books sold, the less jewelry and mirrors. At
-length Peter Schoeffer, a young man studying in Father Melchoir’s
-school in an ante-room of the Cathedral, was engaged to offer them for
-sale to the few learned people in the place; for few, comparatively,
-knew how to read.
-
-As the books were valuable, and only small sales could be expected,
-he was permitted to take only one at a time. The first week he sold
-two copies; and as one also was sold from the shop, the firm took
-courage--it was a success! At this rate the edition would speedily be
-disposed of.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-VII.
-
- Small Receipts.--Printing the “Donatus.”--“Ars Memorandi.”--“Ars
- Moriendi.”--An Interesting Fact.--Extract from “Ars Moriendi.”
-
-
-As time passed, the firm occasionally sold a copy of the “History,”
-but receipts were smaller than had been anticipated. Few of the common
-people could read,--its circulation was therefore mostly confined to
-the priests and nobility. The former rarely needed to purchase it,
-as each one could, if he desired, secure one of the kind by copying;
-and trouble, expense, and time were involved in gaining access to the
-higher classes.
-
-Gutenberg consoled himself by reasoning that his books would be called
-for gradually, and that he must as soon as possible issue another work
-suitable for a more accessible class. These were the youth in the
-Cathedral, studying for the priesthood, who were under the necessity
-of copying their “Donatuses,” or manuals of grammar. Why should he not
-prepare an edition for their use? He would be sure of some customers,
-and there would be no risk in trying his hand at a “Donatus.” The
-firm at once went to work upon the manual, which was one of the first
-school-books adapted to beginners. The children and youth of four
-hundred years ago had few aids in study, and few were educated. The
-voice of the living teacher, usually a priest, served to make passable
-the otherwise inaccessible paths of learning.
-
-As the busy company wrought on the “Donatus,” the curiosity of
-certain neighbors was excited respecting the nature of their evening
-employment, and it was deemed advisable more fully to remove the hidden
-art to Dritzhn’s shop, from which printing-office the new manuals
-of grammar in due time were issued. They sold more readily than the
-“History,” and the edition of fifty copies was soon exhausted. Many
-of the scholars in the Cathedral school bought them; and for a time
-Gutenberg and his firm were busy in issuing and Peter Schoeffer in
-circulating the work. The lapidary and mirror arts were still pursued
-by turns, although very naturally the firm felt more interest in the
-fascinating occupation of imprinting. After a few weeks the demand for
-the “Donatus” almost ceased, the pupils in Strasbourg and vicinity
-having been supplied, and the means of communication with other places
-being infrequent. There were no newspapers, and none of the methods
-of advertising now in vogue with publishers. Still the company was not
-discouraged; the sale of one book was a greater event then than is now
-the sale of many thousands.
-
-The call for the “Donatus” declining, the inventor turned his attention
-to a work of quite a different description, which was a great favorite
-with the more devout monks. This was the “Ars Memorandi,” or “Art of
-Remembering.” We have no means of ascertaining the size of this book;
-but it could not have been large, as almost in immediate connection
-with it were engraved the blocks of a religious and devotional work
-called “Ars Moriendi,” or the “Art of knowing how to Die.” The numerous
-engravings illustrating these books, Gutenberg seems to have omitted.
-
-These were comparatively new works, the first book having only been
-written in 1420, followed by other copies in 1430. Gutenberg’s block
-edition was a great improvement on these, and soon became popular,
-being suited to the religious wants of the people.
-
-It is an interesting fact that the second book, “Ars Moriendi,”
-continued to engage attention for many years. It is also probable that
-it was the identical work on which Caxton, the first English printer,
-was engaged the last day of his life, the 15th of June, 1490, when he
-was about eighty years of age. The work at that time bore the title
-“The Art and Craft to know well to Die.”
-
-If so, we have the inventor of printing himself, when comparatively
-a young man, issuing this important work, and the first English
-printer crowning his life-labors in bringing it before the world. The
-thoughtful and religious tone of this book may be gathered from the
-following passage from the preface:--
-
-“When it is so that what a man maketh or doeth, it is made to come to
-some end, and if the thing be good or well made, it must needs come to
-good end; then by better and greater reason every man ought to intend
-in such wise to live in this world, in keeping the commandments of
-God, that he may come to a good end. Then out of this world, full of
-wretchedness and tribulations, he may go to heaven unto God and his
-saints, unto joy ever durable.”
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-VIII.
-
- Effect of Gutenberg’s Books.--His Times and Ours.--His Books
- at the Cathedral.--Curiosity of the Monks.--Proposition of
- the Abbot.--The “Bible for the Poor.”--A Great Work well
- done.--A Good Sale.--The Canticles issued.--A Difficult
- Undertaking.--Discontent.--An Accident.--Discovery of Separate
- Types.--The First Font of Movable Type.--Difficulties
- mastered.--The Great Helper.
-
-
-It is an interesting fact in the history of printing that its
-discoverer was led to issue works of an excellent and devotional
-character. As time passed, numbers were disposed of to the nobility,
-and occasionally one to some favored tradesman who had conquered his
-alphabet. Those who had purchased the “History of St. John,” wished a
-copy; and families enriched with a “Donatus,” cast about them to devise
-ways and means to buy the newer works of Gutenberg.
-
-But what changes these books effected in the households blessed with
-their presence! “A man is known by the company he keeps;” and books
-are most influential associates. People who had not dreamed of being
-able to buy a book, by the skill of Gutenberg suddenly found themselves
-enriched with the treasure. How the reader of the family dwelt on the
-magic page! for seldom it was that more than one member could read. How
-the little circle gathered round the fireside of an evening, listening
-to catch each word of the wonderful volume, which was read and re-read,
-discussed, approved, and mostly committed to memory. This eagerness of
-the more enlightened classes to own and read a book, may seem strange
-to us who all our lives long have been surrounded with books of all
-sizes, from the abstruse tome we pore over to understand, to the
-charming literary favorite that we read once and again with delight.
-
-But our wonder will cease when we remember what a different state of
-things then existed. Books were so scarce,--and this very scarcity
-increased their value,--then they were made with pen and ink alone,
-except by Gutenberg, who kept the secret of his block process. People
-took it for granted that the books he sold them were manuscripts,
-slowly written by hand; and marveled much at their exactness and
-similarity.
-
-Still, with all the interest excited by his books, an edition of some
-fifty copies, sufficed to answer the demand. The mass of the people
-were too ignorant to aspire to the possession of a book. They could
-not read, and reasoned--if the subject came up--that books would be
-useless. To buy them, would be like purchasing a carriage when horses
-could not be had to draw it, or spectacles for a blind man, or shoes
-for one without feet.
-
-As was his custom, whenever a new book was issued, the inventor visited
-the Cathedral with the “Ars Moriendi” to make sales. The visit was
-an event of moment to the firm, far more than a trade sale is to a
-publishing house of this day.
-
-He first sought the Abbot in the library, whom he found sitting a
-little apart by a table, busily examining the work of the copyists.
-
-“Good-morning, holy Father!” said Gutenberg.
-
-“Good-morrow, my son: hast thou brought more of thy wonderful books?”
-
-“That I have, Father,” replied Gutenberg; and as he began to remove the
-coverings, several monks gathered around him.
-
-“What hast thou here?” asked Father Gottlieb, a gray-headed friar;
-“more of thy magical books?”
-
-“I claim no powers of magic, Father; it is simply patience that has
-done it!” and opening an “Ars Memorandi,” he passed it to the critical
-monk. Then taking a copy of “Ars Moriendi” he courteously presented it
-to the Superior.
-
-“Thank you, my son!” rejoined his Reverence graciously. “It is a
-pleasure to examine thy manuscript.”
-
-“Curious book!” exclaimed Father Melchoir, a middle-aged monk, who had
-himself just finished a copy of the same work, by the slow process of
-the pen, with incredible pains and much time. “How came you to make so
-many books all alike? How did you do it? You have a great company of
-scribes, eh?”
-
-Gutenberg did not explain. Meanwhile the monks continued to gather; for
-having seen some of the former issues of the lapidary, they were the
-more eager to examine the new one.
-
-“Very good! wonderful!” said one, as he turned over the pages of a book.
-
-“It is not like the work of our hands,” added another.
-
-“But you have not answered my questions!” persisted Father Melchoir,
-piqued that Gutenberg made such a show of industry and careful
-penmanship.
-
-“I can even tell thee that I have accomplished it by patience,” was the
-inventor’s reply.
-
-“Why, we claim not to be wanting in that virtue,” said Father Melchoir,
-“but none of us can compete with your speed in writing. Every few weeks
-you bring us in twelve or more books, all carefully written out in half
-the time it takes our readiest scribe to make one copy!”
-
-“Moreover,” added another, as he compared two copies, “the letters are
-so exact and regular; why, these two copies have just as many letters
-and words on a page, made precisely alike!”
-
-“But, the books are unadorned!” broke in Father Melchoir. “And very
-plain and poverty-stricken they look to me after gazing on our
-illuminated books, with their beautiful pictures, rich bindings, silk
-embroidered with gold and silver thread, and their backs of ivory
-exquisitely carved, or embellished with filigree-work and pearls and
-precious stones. One would suppose that a lapidary might at least use
-ornaments that are in his line!”
-
-“I am not ambitious of adornment,” answered Gutenberg. “I would greatly
-prefer to circulate twelve books in a neat plain dress than one in rich
-pictures and binding. My twelve books are made to be read; while an
-embellished copy is only fit to be locked up with clasps, and kept in a
-chest or cage, to be taken out on great occasions.”
-
-The Superior meanwhile had been absorbed in the copy Gutenberg had
-presented him, and appeared not to notice the conversation. He now
-motioned the monks to withdraw; then, turning to Gutenberg, said,--
-
-“I have a word to thee, my son!”
-
-“I am ready to hear, holy Father!”
-
-“Are these books made with the pen of the copyist?” and his keen eye
-fell on the lapidary with a searching glance.
-
-Gutenberg was embarrassed for an answer.
-
-“It is as I supposed,” continued the Superior. “They are made by
-engraved blocks, like the ‘St. Christopher’ and the ‘Biblia Pauperum.’”
-
-Gutenberg saw that his secret was out; but his consternation was
-allayed when the Father added, “It may be that we can furnish you with
-a work to engrave and imprint. How would you like to undertake with
-the ‘Biblia Pauperum?’ The copy which belongs to our library is rudely
-executed, and I doubt not you would greatly improve upon it. It is so
-rough and uncouth that I sometimes think the original manuscript copy
-made by Ausgarius in the ninth century must have been a better specimen
-of art. Think the matter over, my son, and let me know your decision at
-an early day.”
-
-Gutenberg took leave, and on reaching home consulted the rest of the
-company about imprinting a new issue of the “Biblia Pauperum.” It
-chanced that not one of the firm had seen the book, with the exception
-of Andreas Dritzhn, who once examined the copy in the Cathedral. He was
-in favor of engaging in the work, if the monks would take copies enough
-to pay them well for their labor. This was a point which Gutenberg was
-deputed to ascertain, that there might be no risk in devoting the
-requisite time to perfect the engraving,--an undertaking of no small
-magnitude.
-
-Accordingly, shortly after, Gutenberg made another visit to the
-Cathedral to confer with the Superior. He met with a cordial greeting,
-and almost abruptly the Father began:--
-
-“And what is thy decision, son Gutenberg; wilt thou prepare for us new
-copies of the ‘Biblia Pauperum?’”
-
-“I shall rejoice to engage in the enterprise,” was the reply, “if I
-can do so without too much risk, but it will be a slow and toilsome
-undertaking, involving much expense”--
-
-“Which you will be paid for when it is finished.”
-
-“But who will buy the book?”
-
-“A goodly number of priests will need copies,” replied the Father. “The
-forty curious pictures of which the book is composed, were designed
-to illustrate a series of skeleton sermons. They are of great use
-in stirring the preacher’s imagination, and storing his memory with
-excellent texts. The book, therefore, is mainly suited to the different
-religious orders, and will have sale chiefly among them. Still, as it
-is taken from the Bible, and called the ‘Bible for the Poor,’ others
-will buy it besides the priests, and it may have a wide circulation.
-Numbers will be needed to give the monks each a chance to examine it
-as often as is desirable, although the different copies will be chained
-in cages, or on tablets, that no person may appropriate one solely to
-his own use.”
-
-This was an era in the affairs of Gutenberg. His art was acknowledged
-and patronized by the Superior, and he himself really promoted above
-the monks, who were prominent not only among the book-makers or
-book-sellers, but the literati of their day. Still Gutenberg, as he
-called to mind the jealousy of Father Melchoir, feared fully to rely on
-patronage from the friars; and it was only the assurance of the worthy
-Superior that induced him to engage in the expensive enterprise of
-bringing out a new “Biblia Pauperum.”
-
-“Tarry a little,” said the Abbot, as the lapidary was leaving; “I will
-lend thee our ‘Biblia,’ for a copy.” Then going to the side of the room
-where the light streamed in from a lofty painted window, he unlocked
-a cage, and taking the valued book from a gilded bracket, unfastened
-the chain which confined it to the wall, and, carefully wrapping it
-in paper, gave it to Gutenberg, who hastened away, intent on the new
-project before him.
-
-[Illustration: BLOCK-PRINTING FROM THE BIBLIA PAUPERUM.]
-
-Dritzhn had become a skillful engraver, but it was necessary to secure
-the services of two other wood-engravers, residing in Strasbourg, to
-whom the subjects were carried,--cuts being taken from the “Biblia”
-and given to them, one by one, as they could execute them. In this way
-the pictures were finished in the course of a few months. Gutenberg,
-Riffe, and Hielman engraved the inscriptions explaining the cuts, of
-which those at the top and bottom of the page consisted of Scripture
-and Leonine verses, so called from Leo, the inventor, the end of each
-line rhyming with the middle, as for example:--
-
- “Gloria _factorum_ temere conceditur _horum_.”
-
-The engraving of this “Poor Man’s Bible” was a great work; and only
-the invincible energy, enthusiasm, and perseverance of those early
-artisans enabled them to accomplish it in so short a time. To form some
-idea of its magnitude, we must keep in mind that each page contained
-four busts, or figures of persons; the two upper ones represented
-the prophets, or others whose names were beneath them; the two lower
-figures are unknown, or can only be conjectured. In the middle of the
-pages, which are all marked by letters from the alphabet, were three
-historical pictures, one of which was from the New Testament.
-
-A fac-simile of this curious and ancient work can be seen in the Public
-Library, Boston, and will richly repay the trouble of examination. This
-has, however, forty-eight engravings, which may indicate that the work,
-as first issued by Ausgarius in the ninth century, was comparatively
-meagre, and grew to its present proportions by successive issues and by
-the hand of different artists.
-
-In due time the firm was busy in imprinting and binding the choice
-volume, delighted with the good prospect of remuneration for it; and
-as soon as one copy was completed, Gutenberg again betook him to the
-Cathedral to exhibit it to the Abbot, who was warm in his praise of the
-work.
-
-“This is as I would have it,” said he, with a beaming face, “it is
-elegantly executed, and more in keeping with the themes which it
-illustrates. Our priests will now have no excuse for stupid sermons
-when they officiate in the chapel or cathedral. Thou hast done nobly,
-and thy labors will subserve the interests of the Church.”
-
-He then bestowed on him a generous sum, as an earnest of the full
-amount, when the copies he had engaged, were delivered; and Gutenberg,
-with a happy heart, despite the glance he had of Father Melchoir’s
-frowning visage, returned to his cottage to rejoice with Anna.
-
-“It is just as I anticipated,” she exclaimed. “I knew thou wouldst
-triumph. Only to think, a real ‘Biblia Pauperum’ made by my John
-Gutenberg! I am proud and happy; we shall yet see good days. Then it
-will so enliven us to have a copy in the house, for I have thy promise
-of one of each book thou mayst make.”
-
-“Aye, my Anna, that is as little as I can do; when I get rich, I hope
-to add to thy wardrobe, as well as to our library;” and he glanced
-painfully at her plain russet gown, for through all his experiments she
-had practiced a rigid economy in dress.
-
-“When thou art rich,” replied Anna, “I will not refuse the gifts thy
-kind heart inclines thee to give; but for the present, I am content.”
-
-The “Biblia” sold better than any previous work, and Gutenberg and
-partners were much gratified. They did not, however, realize as much
-money as if they had kept to the lapidary and mirror business. The
-demand for books was so small, a market had to be created; and this
-required time and the slow progress of events.
-
-But so much pleased were they with their endeavors, that, sanguine of
-still better success, they soon issued one of the books of the Bible
-entire. This was the Canticles, or Solomon’s Song, and, like the
-“Biblia Pauperum,” printed only on one side of the page from engraved
-wooden blocks. A copy of this work is carefully treasured among
-antiquities in the British Museum.
-
-Such was the estimation in which it was held as a work of art, and such
-its sale, that Gutenberg was led to attempt greater things; he even
-conceived the idea of printing the entire Bible. Anna was greatly in
-favor of the undertaking.
-
-“All thou wouldst have to do,” said she, vivaciously, “would be to make
-more blocks,--a block for a page; and it would be so much better than
-copying. For a monk, if he lives to a good old age, and is diligent
-with his pen, can only write out two Bibles; and printing from blocks
-is much greater speed than that.”
-
-“True, Anna,” was the reply; “but hast thou an idea how long it would
-take to engrave the blocks for the entire Bible?”
-
-“Nay; but thou art so expert that assuredly it would not take thee
-long,--a few months, I suppose, at farthest. I do hope that thou wilt
-commence on this work at once. It is so desirable to have the Bible
-issued by thy art.”
-
-“But let us calculate a little, my dear Anna. There are seven hundred
-pages in the Bible. By close application, I cannot engrave carefully
-and suitably more than two pages a month; and I must be full three
-hundred and fifty months, or nearly thirty years, in engraving blocks
-enough for the Holy Book!”
-
-“Why, that would be dreadful!” cried Anna in dismay. “Thou wouldst be
-an old man long before it was done; it would even take thy life-time!”
-
-“Yes, Anna, and this process of engraving fine letters on blocks, when
-pursued closely, is dimming to the eyes; I should be blind before my
-work was half done.”
-
-“But thou couldst divide thy labors with thy workmen, couldst thou not?”
-
-“Aye, if I can persuade them to undertake so formidable an enterprise.
-But the men are getting weary of large works, and beg me to choose
-smaller ones; they assert that the new process is no better for a
-large book than copying. Perhaps, however, we can issue the Gospels
-gradually, by taking one book at a time.”
-
-“Perhaps thou canst,” echoed Anna sadly.
-
-Although Gutenberg was depressed when he thought of the immense labor
-involved in imprinting so large a work as the Bible, yet he was not
-wholly disheartened. This was the secret of his success; he would not
-give up; was not frightened by difficulties; what the faint-hearted
-would deem impossible, he feared not to attempt. The art of printing
-would have remained undiscovered until this day without this courageous
-perseverance.
-
-Gutenberg said nothing to his associates about attempting the execution
-of the whole Bible; indeed, he dared not entertain the idea himself;
-but he proposed that they publish the Gospels. They thought this too
-large a work. He replied that they could imprint the Gospel of St.
-Matthew, and do as seemed best about the remainder; this was complete
-in itself, and would find a ready sale.
-
-Accordingly they were soon hard at the task of engraving blocks for the
-Gospel of Matthew. Dritzhn demurred, as he mechanically toiled away,
-saying, “Unless prospects brighten, we shall never get back our money.”
-
-Fault-finding is contagious; and Hielman and Riffe soon manifested
-a similar spirit. Those were gloomy days. Gutenberg meanwhile said
-little, but wrought at his block with renewed vigor. It was nearly
-completed; a few turns and gashes of the keen-pointed instrument, and
-it would be done; when by a slip of the hand the wood was split asunder!
-
-Dritzhn looked up aghast, as much as to say, “How can we afford this
-great waste of time and labor?” Gutenberg’s quick eye interpreted the
-glance, and his ingenuity was put to the test of repairing the loss. He
-commenced fitting the block together in order to save some of the work
-at least. While thus engaged, the thought occurred to him, What if the
-carved block were broken up into separate letters, so that they might
-be put together in any words desired?
-
-He seized his knife and split the wood into the letters carved on its
-surface. Thus he had wooden type, which he arranged in various words.
-The light of a great invention had dawned. Absorbed in thoughts of its
-advantages, he heeds not the curious eyes of his comrades, as they
-intently regard him, wondering at his apparently aimless performance.
-
-He was a philosopher, and in his search after the natural and practical
-came to reason thus:--
-
-“I want a system of impressing characters suited to the language. In
-Latin there are twenty-four letters, and the same letters are used
-over and over to spell many thousands of words. In a page of words I
-employ portions of the alphabet a number of times; and after I have
-done printing with the block, the carved letters are lost. If I could
-contrive a way of separating them, I could rearrange them without
-cutting new ones, and apply them to another page of different matter.
-
-“I must, then, have my letters for printing, separate, like the letters
-of the alphabet, so that I can handle them as readily as I use letters
-to form words. I must carve the letters in wood with little handles to
-them, that I may take them up, and place them together as if I were
-spelling!”
-
-Thus did the patient hero seize upon the idea of movable type,--the
-key-stone of the art of printing. He soon tried another experiment;
-splitting a block into strips, and working it down to the right size,
-he carved a letter on the end of it. This cost him care and labor, for
-it was more difficult than engraving on the solid block. Many bits of
-wood were carved before he succeeded in getting a letter to suit him.
-But after many trials he made one, then another, and another, taking
-pains to form the sticks of the right thickness, so that when they were
-placed together, the letters would not be too far apart.
-
-When he had the alphabet carved, each letter on the end of a little
-wooden peg, he had twenty-four type letters,--quite a little
-pile,--which he regarded with pride and satisfaction, and called them
-_stucke_, or type. Like a child in his first efforts in reading, so he
-carefully spelt his way onward.
-
-_Bonus homo_, “a good man,” were the words he first tried with his
-type. Taking the bits of wood with the letters _bonus_, he placed them
-one after the other as he spelt the word, and fastened them together
-with a string. But when he came to the next word, as he had only one
-_o_, he stopped and made two more before the word could be set up.
-As he tried other words, he found that he needed more letters; so,
-taking time, he cut out a large number of types for each letter in the
-alphabet. These he placed separately in little boxes to prevent them
-from being mixed. There was the box of A’s, the box of B’s, the box of
-C’s, and so on for all the letters. This was a font of movable type,
-the first ever made, and the great step of progress in his invention.
-
-If you will try the experiment of cutting type out of wood, you will
-more readily perceive the difficulties attending it. It was the work of
-months to accomplish this, which we have noted in two or three pages.
-
-As Gutenberg went on setting up _bonus_ in type, he found an obstacle
-in keeping the letters together, so that he could rub ink on them and
-print. Evening came, and he took them home to remedy the difficulty,
-and notched the edges of the two outside letters, the _b_, and the _s_,
-that he might tie them firmly with the linen thread he had provided.
-This fastening them together, that they might bear the impression of
-the solid block, was also a study; but he was not to be turned aside
-by obstacles. He had energy, courage, perseverance, and ingenuity; for
-Providence was inspiring him for his work.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-IX.
-
- Anna’s Disappointment.--Dritzhn’s Regrets.--Comfort for Anna.--
- Gutenberg’s Progress described.--The Great Enlightener.--
- Advantages of Movable Type.--Another Book.--Obstacles.--
- Criticisms.--Invention.--A Press contrived.--New Cause of
- Disquiet.
-
-
-As for Anna, usually so hopeful, she was much disquieted when her
-husband told her that block-printing was only suited to small books,
-and that some other method must be sought out, or he could not issue
-large works. She had her heart on retrieving their affairs by the sale
-of books, and was bitterly disappointed that the new art could not at
-once, if ever, bring the hoped for prosperity.
-
-Dritzhn’s life was embittered with vain regrets; each hour of the day
-was vocal with his murmurs and forebodings. Under these circumstances,
-Gutenberg did not feel free to take his rightful share of the small
-profits, and, in consequence, the allowance for family expenses was
-not sufficient to furnish his home with comforts and keep Want, the
-gaunt wolf, away. And so it came about that one day Anna sat sewing in
-her dwelling, the picture of grief, and bitterly reproaching herself
-for the advice she had given her husband to turn aside from the sure
-returns of the artisan to the uncertainties of invention. The garment
-she was making fell from her hands, and she exclaimed,--
-
-“Alas! I am the foolish woman that plucketh her house down with her
-hands! I had not the wisdom to give my husband good counsel!” Thus she
-bewailed herself with bitter tears and reproaches till evening, when,
-hearing Gutenberg’s step as he returned from St. Arbogast, she quickly
-wiped away her tears, and strove to meet him with composure.
-
-“Why, Anna!” he cried, as he beheld her woe-begone face, “art thou ill?
-Are our friends dead? Speak, and tell me!” And as she revealed the
-source of her disquiet, he said cheerily,--
-
-“My Anna, thou must take a juster view of things. Brighter days are in
-store for us. Thou dost not know what I have discovered!”
-
-“But I know too well what _I_ have discovered,” she rejoined; “it is
-that we are beggars. There is no food in the house, and I can go no
-more to the provision merchants until they are paid. It is dreadful to
-think how we have spent our money!” To such an extremity of speech was
-poor Anna brought in her trial.
-
-“O Anna! Anna!” exclaimed Gutenberg, distressed for her, “dost thou see
-these bits of wood? I have cut a letter on the end of each. I fasten
-them together thus;” and he held up the type of the word _bonus_.
-“I ink them, and press them on paper thus. See how beautifully they
-print;” and he showed the word impressed in clear characters.
-
-“But is it not presumption to trust longer to uncertainties?” cried
-Anna; “they cannot bring food into the house. We are poor.”
-
-“My Anna,” soothingly said the kind husband, “dost thou forget that I
-have conceived a great invention, and that thou art really as rich as a
-queen?”
-
-“O, the wild dream!” returned Anna, smiling through her tears,
-comforted by his sympathy, “I shall trust it when it pays our debts,
-and feeds and clothes us. We are verily poor, and I see not how vain
-imaginings can help us.”
-
-“But, dear, my patrimony is not all gone. I have land still unsold at
-Mentz; and as I cannot realize money from these immediately, I promise
-thee that if this invention does not help our affairs in a month, I
-will relinquish it for the present, and return to polishing gems for a
-livelihood.”
-
-It was a rough and thorny way that the inventor trod, reaching after
-that great gift which God held out to man, and no wonder that Anna, in
-this time of trial, pleaded with him to turn back, watering his path
-with her tears.
-
-Gutenberg slept little the night of the revelation of movable type. He
-deemed the invention most important; and before his mind, stimulated to
-unusual action, some of the great changes which would ensue from his
-discovery, were dimly portrayed. Like the prophets who understood not
-the full import of their own utterances, but inquired diligently to
-know what the spirit which was in them did signify, so the discoverer
-of the wonderful art could only hope that it was the introduction of
-something glorious; and that hope was thenceforth his guiding star
-amid the darkness of his earthly lot. With the first ray of morning he
-was at his work, to test more fully the new types. Setting them up, he
-fastened them together, and printed the same words as before. _Bonus
-homo_ shone with the halo of _eureka_ to Gutenberg’s eye. “I have found
-it!” he exclaimed, and, starting off to market, brought home food for
-the day.
-
-Gustav Nieritz, a German writer, thus describes Gutenberg’s progress:--
-
-“He set to work with the utmost eagerness. Out of a piece of hard wood
-he sawed some thousand tiny blocks, a few inches long, and very narrow.
-At one end he cut a letter in relief, and bored a hole through the
-other. After having thus furnished himself with a considerable number
-of the letters of the alphabet, he placed whole words together, and
-arranged them in lines on a string, until they formed a page, when he
-bound them together with wire, and so prevented their falling asunder.
-He then blackened his wooden type with ink, and taking up the whole
-together, pressed upon it a sheet of paper. And now let us place
-ourselves in his position, and enter into his feelings as he beheld the
-first fruits of his long, unwearied labors.
-
-“With a trembling hand he caught up the printed paper. It had succeeded
-beyond his expectation. Tears ran down his cheeks as he gazed on it
-with ecstacy. It was the Lord’s Prayer, with which he had made almost
-his first attempt at printing with types.
-
-“Often had his lips uttered the words of prayer, whilst he was thinking
-only of his invention; now, however, their meaning came clearly upon
-his mind, and his grateful soul turned fervently to the Father of all
-light, from whom this light also had come, which would enlighten men as
-no other human invention could do. He fell upon his knees, holding the
-sheet of paper in both hands, and repeated the prayer it contained with
-his whole heart. O! it was not for the sake of worldly gain that he
-rejoiced in his discovery. It was that it freed him from the debt that
-he had long ago incurred. He might be called a dreamer and an idler: he
-neither heard nor regarded.
-
-“‘Anna!’ he cried, throwing his arms round her, ‘here is the gold
-brocade cap, and all the rest besides which I promised you. I
-have succeeded, and our fortune is made.’ His wife shook her head
-incredulously, and said with a sigh:--
-
-“‘I wish you would give up these fancies, and return to your work.’
-Gutenberg smiled, but persevered.”
-
-“My Anna!” said the inventor, some little time later, as he showed
-her other specimens of his work, “I trust that our poverty will soon
-be over. You shall yet ride in a coach, and dine like a queen. My
-invention is a certainty.”
-
-“I only wish comforts and a competence,” returned Anna tearfully.
-
-“We are sure of both,” replied he, “Let me tell thee, wife, nothing
-yet invented by man, ever made such inroads on ignorance as this will
-effect. Almost everything we know, we have acquired through the medium
-of either spoken or written language. The mass of the people are
-only acquainted with the former. Everybody will, by and by, learn to
-read and understand written language, and the knowledge locked up in
-cloisters will be freely poured out to the thirsty multitudes. It is
-through language that we become wiser and better; and if my discovery
-succeeds, as it must, the knowledge of the arts, sciences, and religion
-will be sooner or later spread abroad. Then, no more hoarding of
-libraries that kings, prelates, and priests alone may read; but the
-common people, too, will have their books.” Anna listened with pleased
-interest, and he went on: “God has bestowed great honor on books, as
-some of the devout authors say, in communicating with us through them;
-and if holy men of old who spoke as they were moved by the Holy Ghost
-had not written down what God taught them, where to-day would be our
-knowledge of our sacred things? And if it was important for God to
-record his will, may we not suppose that He will give wisdom so that a
-way may be devised to publish his Word with facility?”
-
-“I must think so, my Anna,” he added, “and I cannot doubt that He has
-given me skill in what I have undertaken. It grieves me to think what
-you must have suffered through it, but I trust our days of mourning are
-ended;” and his happy smile lightened her heart like a sunbeam.
-
-It was still quite early in the day when Gutenberg repaired to
-Dritzhn’s shop, to exhibit to his associates his invention of separate
-types. As he entered, he was struck with the settled gloom that rested
-on Dritzhn’s face. “My improvement has occurred in good time,” thought
-the inventor; “my partners are getting discouraged.”
-
-“I have something new to show you,” said he to Dritzhn, who was busy
-engraving the first verses of the third chapter of Matthew.
-
-“New things have nearly ruined us!” retorted Dritzhn, looking up
-moodily from his work.
-
-“But this is a new method of imprinting, which will save much of our
-labor,” said Gutenberg, showing the specimens of _bonus homo_ and the
-“Lord’s Prayer.”
-
-“How does this mode differ from ours?” asked Dritzhn. “You impress with
-the block, do you not?”
-
-“Nay; I first make letters on bits of wood, tie them together to
-impress with, and, after using them, take them apart, and set them up
-for new words.”
-
-“And this tying together and taking apart would consume time,” objected
-Dritzhn. “I see no advantage in this mode; in my opinion, it would
-involve us more deeply.”
-
-“But let us try it,” interposed Hielman; “if it will save labor, it is
-a good thing.”
-
-“Leave well enough alone! I think we shall do better to keep on as we
-have begun,” said Riffe, with the air of one who had settled the matter.
-
-“Block-printing is by no means to be despised,” answered Gutenberg, “in
-books of a few pages; but in a large book of many pages, we waste time
-in cutting letters, as they are only of use for that book, and cannot
-be taken apart and used for another.”
-
-“I am opposed to any change,” Dritzhn reiterated; “we are sufficiently
-involved without any new experiments. We cannot do better than keep on
-with the block books.”
-
-Gutenberg had failed in convincing these men, but he was confident that
-the practical working of his separate types would yet be an argument
-they could not resist. He persevered in his experiments, and, in place
-of engraving on the block, busied himself in adjusting and readjusting
-his type for the “Lord’s Prayer,” as he found a difficulty in keeping
-them in place, when he took a second impression.
-
-Dritzhn and Riffe, having little fellowship for this new way of
-“spending time,” were ready to criticise when the types slipped out
-of place, as Gutenberg tied them with thread or twine. But before the
-day was over, he had managed to take several good impressions of the
-“Lord’s Prayer.” This was well enough, Dritzhn said, but still insisted
-that he did not see how it was better than if taken with an engraved
-block, and was in no mood to investigate the matter with candor.
-
-The partners had previously decided to publish the “Speculum Humanæ
-Salutis,” and they now commenced upon it. The “Speculum” suited both
-parties, as there were plenty of subjects requiring wood-engravings,
-and the movable type could also be used in the written portion of the
-book.
-
-As Gutenberg wrought at his types, he had still to combat the
-difficulty of making them hold together with sufficient firmness. At
-first he used strings, then wires. These were easily displaced, and
-cost him many a hard job of repairing damages, which confirmed Dritzhn
-and Riffe in the opinion that it was useless to attempt to make them
-work. It was not reasonable, the former said, that such bits of wood
-could be made serviceable in book-making. There was some sense in
-a solid block, and his advice was to keep on in the old way, with
-which, however, he was often finding fault, for he had enlisted in the
-enterprise not so much for the love of the art as the love of money.
-Months of toil and large expenditures had brought comparatively small
-returns. Some of the firm even began to talk of returning to the old
-occupation of polishing stones. Riffe continued to echo Dritzhn’s
-criticisms and complaints.
-
-“Why not keep on with block-printing?” asked the latter, as Gutenberg
-was busy cutting out his type, or _stucke_ as it was called. “I’ve just
-got my hand in, and do not wish to give up the trade for whittling
-sticks, of which I do not see the use.”
-
-“Let me try once more to explain the use,” pleasantly replied
-Gutenberg. “Suppose the letters of the alphabet were tied together
-so that you could not separate them, how could you spell words? The
-letters on a block cannot be taken apart to form other words; but with
-the separate types it is very different;” and to illustrate his meaning
-he set up a word in type, printed with it, took the letters apart, or
-“distributed” them, and framed another word.
-
-Although slow to be convinced, his associates finally acknowledged the
-necessity of movable type and began to acquire some degree of skill in
-making them.
-
-An advance on the method by cords and wire, was Gutenberg’s invention
-of a frame with wedges to keep the types in place. This had the
-approbation of his partners. It was a great gain, and there was much
-congratulation when he succeeded in firmly adjusting the _stucke_ so
-that they had all the advantage of the solid block, with none of its
-disadvantages.
-
-Taking impressions of the type on paper by friction was slow and
-unsatisfactory; and Gutenberg, after many experiments, contrived a
-press to imprint with, and employed a skillful mechanic to make it.
-This saved, besides other labor, the trouble of pasting the blank backs
-of the leaves together, as both sides of the paper were imprinted.
-
-A distinguished writer, who assures us that he has had access to the
-archives of Strasbourg, thus vividly describes this discovery; “Months
-and years had been consumed--his fortune also and the funds of the
-association--in patient experiments, in successes, and in reverses. At
-length, having made a small model of a _press_ which appeared to him
-to combine all the conditions of printing as he then understood it, he
-hid the precious miniature under his cloak, and, entering the city,
-went to a skillful turner in wood and in metal, named Conrad Sachspach,
-who dwelt at Merchants’ Cross-roads, to ask him to make one of a large
-size. He left the secret in the machine, only telling him that it was
-a contrivance by which he proposed to accomplish some _chefs d’œuvre_
-of art and mechanics of which a slower process was known. The artisan,
-taking, turning, and re-turning the model in his hands, with a smile of
-disdain at the rough sketch completed by Gutenberg, said to him, with a
-bantering air:--
-
-“‘This is only a simple wine-press that you ask me to make, Master
-John!’
-
-“‘Yes,’ replied Gutenberg in a serious and dignified tone, ‘it is a
-wine-press in effect, but it is a press from which shortly shall sprout
-forth floods of the most abundant and the most marvelous liquor that
-has ever flowed to quench the thirst of man. By it God shall spread
-his Word; from it shall flow a fountain-head of pure truth. As a new
-star, it shall dissipate the darkness of ignorance, and cause to
-shine on men a light hitherto unknown!’ He withdrew. The mechanic, who
-understood nothing of these words, executed the machine, and returned
-it to Gutenberg at the monastery of Arbogast. This was the first press.
-
-“In giving it into the hands of Gutenberg, the workman began to suspect
-some mystery. ‘I see clearly, Master John,’ said he to Gutenberg, ‘that
-you are indeed in communication with celestial spirits; so hereafter I
-shall obey you as one of them--as a spirit!’”
-
-This first press, contrived in the gloomy recesses of the old
-monastery, was set up in the printing rooms of Dritzhn’s dwelling, but
-was not at first fully appreciated.
-
-Two years passed, the company cutting a supply of movable type. Some
-sales were effected, but financial affairs were not flattering.
-
-Meanwhile a new cause of disturbance occurred to impede progress, and
-waken in Gutenberg’s partners doubts of his uniform infallibility in
-invention.
-
-It was discovered that ink softened the type, and injured the shape of
-the letters.
-
-Riffe, one of the first to notice it, became alarmed.
-
-“It is my mind,” said he, “that the bubble has burst. We may as well
-give up, and engage in our old trade. These uncertainties will never
-bring grist to the mill.”
-
-“The type does not print as well after it becomes softened by the ink?”
-said Dritzhn inquiringly to Gutenberg.
-
-“We must expect difficulties,” was the reply, “and seek to overcome
-them. We must make more fresh type until we can contrive a way of
-hardening the wood.”
-
-At this the firm murmured against him afresh; nor were they better
-satisfied as time went on, and “John Dunnius’ bill of one hundred
-florins was sent in for press-work.”
-
-“Monstrous!” exclaimed Hielman; “we can never afford it.”
-
-“It is all pay out in this business,” Dritzhn added, “and almost
-nothing coming in to balance the loss.”
-
-“Wait a little,” was Gutenberg’s reply; “we are now sowing the seed;
-by and by we shall reap our harvests.” And he further appeased their
-agitation by calling attention to the satisfactory working of the
-press, and reminded them of the great service it was to them.
-
-“Do you not see,” said he, “that our labor of making _stucke_ is nearly
-useless without the frame and press? We must either give up the art,
-and disband, or make the necessary improvements as they are called
-for.”
-
-While feeling keenly the murmurings of his associates, most indomitable
-was the spirit that he cherished, having the indispensable attribute
-of the true inventor,--a passion for his calling, and confidence in
-ultimate success.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-X.
-
- A Partner at the Confessional.--His Death.--Consequences.--A
- Lawsuit.--Thieves.--Dangerous Curiosity.--Destruction of
- Gutenberg’s Type.--Curious Testimonies.--Value of the Legal
- Document.--Proof that Gutenberg was the Real Inventor.--The
- Magistrate’s Just Judgment.--Public Excitement.
-
-
-Poor Dritzhn! he was sadly lacking in the spirit which upheld
-Gutenberg. He was a plain matter-of-fact man, with none of the
-originator,--content to plant in the spring and reap in the autumn,
-to work in time-worn paths; but dubious things that were years in
-maturing, were not suited to his nature. The possibility of failure
-poisoned his enjoyment, palsied his hand, and enfeebled his step. And
-this, in 1438, after the short space of two years of suspense in the
-firm.
-
-Father Melchoir, his spiritual adviser, noticed the change.
-
-“My son,” said he, “something troubles thee; confide the matter to me;
-perhaps I can help thee.”
-
-“I am indeed in trouble,” replied he, glad of a confidant, for the
-secret and the doubt of success together wore on him. “I fear that I
-shall be ruined as to worldly prospects.”
-
-“I trust not: how is it, my son? From what source is the danger?”
-
-“Alas, Father, gladly would I tell thee, but I have bound myself with
-an oath not to reveal the secret.”
-
-“But, my son, the Church does not recognize oaths in such a case. They
-are null and void for all purposes whatsoever, and thou art free to
-tell me all thy heart at the confessional: it is even thy solemn duty
-to do so.”
-
-Dritzhn was only too easily persuaded, and, despite his sacred oath,
-told Father Melchoir of his connection with the firm.
-
-“I have given hundreds of florins,” said he, “to bring out a hidden art
-of writing, with the hope long ere this of selling books and getting
-profits from my money. A few have been sold, but I have received no
-dividend. Besides, I have earned but little by my trade for these two
-long years; my time has been thrown away, and I am poorer than ever.”
-
-“A very sad case!” said Father Melchoir, compassionately.
-
-“This load is too heavy for me to bear,” lamented Dritzhn; “it will
-kill me! To think of throwing away hundreds of florins on a doubtful
-art, without in return getting back a single obolus![3] What can I do?”
-
- [3] The very expression of Dritzhn at confessional.
-
-“Get free from this secret league as soon as possible, and resume thy
-trade.”
-
-“I wish it could be done, Father, but I fear it cannot. If I leave the
-firm, I shall lose all chance of getting back the money I have lent
-them. I am in doubt what to do.”
-
-“Leave it by all means!” cried Father Melchoir; “be sure no good will
-come of their arts.”
-
-“I will see what I can do,” said Dritzhn, and he rose to go. As he
-entered the shop, he found Gutenberg, Hielman, and Riffe busy setting
-new type for another work. It was a dictionary, called a “Catholicon.”
-They were all eager in their toil, and spoke warmly of the ready sale
-it would find, and the money it would bring in. Dritzhn, a little
-encouraged, resumed his work with them, nor did he breathe a word of
-his plan of leaving. It was too great a step to take hastily, although
-he wished himself safely out of the partnership.
-
-There was so much repairing of type to do, and so many unlooked-for
-hinderances, that the book was delayed, and 1439 came round before it
-was finished, although Gutenberg was meanwhile steadily improving his
-art.
-
-At this point of time, the autumn of 1439, just when they were about
-realizing their hopes in issuing the “Catholicon,” an event occurred
-which threw everything into confusion. This was the sudden death of
-Andreas Dritzhn. If ever the adversary hindered an enterprise, it
-was the art of printing; he had doubtless reasons of his own for
-multiplying obstacles.
-
-Accordingly the death of Andreas was the pretext; and directly George
-and Nicholas, brothers of the deceased, two sturdy jogging Germans, who
-never harmed a fly, on arriving home from Andreas’s funeral, demanded
-of Gutenberg, Hielman, and Riffe to be admitted to the partnership!
-
-“Very good,” said Gutenberg; “if we can find it in the contract, it
-shall be done.” Then, producing the document, he read:--
-
-“ART. 2. If any one of the partners shall die during the copartnership,
-the survivors shall pay to his heirs the sum of one hundred florins,
-in consideration of which the effects shall become the property of the
-surviving partners.”
-
-“Nay, gentlemen, you cannot become partners, but we will pay you
-what is due as the heirs of Andreas Dritzhn.” Then, looking over the
-accounts of the firm, he added, “Your brother is indebted to us in the
-sum of eighty-five florins; we will pay you the remaining fifteen,
-which will balance accounts.”
-
-George and Nicholas rejected the offer with disdain, and, hastening
-away, conferred with each other as to what they should do. Two strong
-principles were at work in their hearts,--avarice and curiosity. From
-some few hints which Andreas had dropped while living, George and
-Nicholas were as much excited about the hidden arts of Gutenberg as we
-covetous moderns are with a chance at a rich vein in a gold mine; and
-they determined to try a suit at law, and if possible become members of
-the secret league.
-
-This was in the autumn, and was peculiarly grievous to the inventor.
-The lawsuit consumed his time, thwarted his plans, and there was great
-danger that the secrets of his art would become public. The protection
-of the patent offices was then unknown. No inventor could put in a
-_caveat_ to hinder the encroachments of trespassers. The lawsuit had
-bruited abroad that Gutenberg & Co. had a secret art, which, like the
-philosopher’s stone, turned everything into gold; and curiosity, on
-tip-toe, used every device to get a peep at the wonder. Gutenberg’s
-work was at an end. It took all his time to attend the courts, and
-watch his shop, that no one might steal his art. It required double
-diligence to do the last, as the shop was in Andreas’s house. Despite
-his cautions to Hielman and Riffe, one day, in his absence, George
-and Nicholas managed to take from the shop a part of the printing
-apparatus. Gutenberg then gave orders to his servants to convey
-secretly to his house a printing-press and a quantity of letters cut
-in wood. The theft was a source of great anxiety to him, as he feared
-that the secret was out. The careful thieves, however, safely hid their
-booty, and lisped not a word.
-
-At length it became evident to Gutenberg--such was the pitch to which
-curiosity had risen--that every vestige of the noble art must be
-destroyed. It was not safe even to hide it in his own house.
-
-“Take the _stucke_ from the forms,” said he to his associates, “and
-break them up in my sight, that none of them may remain perfect.”
-
-“What, all our labor?” cried Hielman; “here we’ve been at work these
-three years!”
-
-“Never mind,” replied Gutenberg; “break them up, or some one will steal
-our art, and we shall be ruined!” and with that they set to work with
-their hammers and mallets, and the _stucke_ was soon demolished. His
-precious type lay in the dust, and still the lawsuit was lacerating his
-sensitive mind.
-
-The following curious testimony was given during this trial:--
-
-“Anna, the wife of John Schultheiss, an engraver on wood, deposed,
-that on one occasion Nicholas Beildeck came to her house to Nicholas
-Dritzhn, her relation, and said to him, ‘My Nicholas Dritzhn, Andreas
-Dritzhn, of happy memory, has placed four pages (_stucke_) in a press,
-which Gutenberg has desired that you will take away and separate, that
-no man may know what they are, for he is unwilling that any one should
-see them.’
-
-“Also John Schultheiss says that Laurence Beildeck [Gutenberg’s
-servant] sometime came to his house to Nicholas Dritzhn, when Andreas
-Dritzhn his brother was dead, and that the said Laurence Beildeck thus
-spoke to said Nicholas Dritzhn: ‘Andreas Dritzhn, of happy memory, has
-placed four pages on a press, which John Gutenberg desires you to take
-therefrom, and break them from one another, so that no man may see what
-they are.’
-
-“Also Conrad Sachspach deposed that sometime Andrew Hielman came to him
-upon the Street of Merchants, and said, ‘My Conrad, as Andreas Dritzhn
-is dead, and you made that press and know all about the matter, go
-hence and take the pieces from the press, and lay them separate from
-one another, so that no one may know what it is.’
-
-“Laurence Beildeck says that he was sent by John Gutenberg to Nicholas
-Dritzhn, after the death of Andreas his brother, to say to him that he
-should show to no one the press that he had, and that he should see
-to it. He added that Gutenberg had moreover commanded him that he
-should go suddenly to the presses, and open that press [frame] which
-was furnished with two _screws_ or spindles (_cochleis_) that the pages
-should fall into pieces, and place those pieces within or upon the
-press, so that no one should see the matter, or understand what it was.
-
-“The same witness also said that he knew well that Gutenberg, a little
-before the Feast of the Nativity [Christmas], had sent his servant to
-take away all forms, which were broken up in his sight, that none of
-them might be found perfect. Moreover, after the death of Andreas, the
-witness was not ignorant that many were desirous of seeing the presses,
-and that Gutenberg had commanded that some one should be sent who might
-hinder any one from seeing the presses, and that his servants were sent
-to break them up.
-
-“Also John Dunnius, goldsmith, said that three years or thereabouts
-previous, he had received from Gutenberg about three hundred florins
-for materials relating to printing.”
-
-All this affected the Strasbourgers, both priests and people, very
-differently from what it does ourselves. We prize it as a legal
-document, showing the existence of separate types, and also two
-presses, one of them made by Conrad Sachspach and the other by John
-Dunnius, to whom the firm paid three hundred florins for press-work
-done in December, 1436. These presses served very different purposes,
-as Gutenberg commanded his servant to “open that press which was
-furnished with two _screws_ or spindles.” Plainly one was the “chase”
-for type, and the other the upright frame with a screw, which moved
-down the platen to impress the paper placed upon the type. We learn
-also that the art was a secret at the time when Laurentius Costar lay
-at the point of death, and those mistake who give him the honor of
-inventing printing.
-
-We can picture to ourselves the excitement which prevailed, when a man
-of Gutenberg’s firm character was led to make such utter destruction of
-his property after the disclosures of the lawsuit. He may have feared
-that a lawless mob would invade his shop, and scatter the proofs of his
-invention, and that some person of ingenuity would get a clew to the
-art, and rob him of his sacred rights. What hours, days and nights of
-solicitude he suffered! Those only, who in a good cause have met the
-scoffs and jeers of the rabble excited by unscrupulous leaders, can
-well imagine the inventor’s emotions.
-
-Happily, Anna was equal to the emergency, and became a very heroine.
-She had no idea of being crushed, although for a little while she had
-given way to despondency, and her strong-hearted courage inspired her
-husband. His home was a little paradise of peace, the resort of flowers
-and birds and all beautiful things which she instinctively gathered
-around her. God’s gracious smile rested upon it, and in this sanctuary
-Gutenberg’s wounded spirit was soothed; here he gained strength, and
-girded on his armor anew for the battle of life. The fiercer the strife
-without, the more blessed the peace within this retreat.
-
-The lawsuit dragged its slow length on until December 12th of that
-year, when the magistrates gave judgment relieving Gutenberg from “the
-unjust demand of George and Nicholas Dritzhn, upon the payment of the
-sum of fifteen florins, being the difference of the sum of one hundred
-florins due to Gutenberg by Andrew on the original contract.”
-
-This was just what Gutenberg had proposed at first; and his adversaries
-had their trouble for their pains, without, perhaps, the consolation
-of knowing how much they had annoyed him. The lawsuit was over, but
-it had exposed the state of Gutenberg’s affairs, and people were
-curious to learn more. Rumor was busy with her thousand tongues. “He
-is not willing that any one should see!” “Something wrong!” and in the
-spirit of the superstition of the times, many cried out, “Mystery!
-Witchcraft!” The whole community was in a ferment. Time passed, and a
-little before the Feast of the Nativity, so faithfully had Gutenberg’s
-orders as to the destruction of the press and type been executed,
-that nothing remained of the wonderful art, which since the death of
-Dritzhn, had so much disturbed the good city of Strasbourg.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XI.
-
- Benighted.--Minstrel of the Hearth.--The Black Art.--A Barefoot
- Friar.--Popular Prejudice.--Hopes and Fears.--Gutenberg returns
- to his Trade.--Dissolution of the Copartnership.
-
-
-The country of the Rhine was visited by a wintry tempest from the North
-Sea. Benighted, Gutenberg, wrapped in his monk’s cloak, little heeded
-the roaring winds and cutting blasts, as, after destroying the work of
-years, he bade adieu to Dritzhn’s shop, and hurried homeward. The storm
-of life, the contest with his fellow-men, was more pitiless to him than
-the fierce raging of the elements.
-
-It was quite dark when Anna, placing a light in the window, stirred the
-fire, and sat down to await his coming. The supper table was invitingly
-spread, and the covered dish of food placed by the fire to keep warm.
-
-“Why does he not come? May God preserve him from unreasonable men;” and
-she caught up her work to while away the time. An hour passed, seeming
-to Anna much longer, when a cricket, warmed into consciousness by the
-genial heat, hopped out of his covert, coated with dust, and blithely
-sang.
-
-“A good omen!” mused Anna; and shortly after, true enough, there was a
-stamping on the step, and a shaking of garments; and, springing to the
-door, she welcomed her husband.
-
-“O, it is yourself! come at last. But you look like a huge white bear!”
-And she gayly laughed as she drew him in, and brushed off the snow. “I
-was in fear lest some evil had overtaken you, until our dear little
-cricket piped on the hearth, as if to assure me that you were almost
-here.”
-
-“Yes,” replied Gutenberg, throwing off his cloak, and hanging it on its
-peg in the corner, “and my Anna and my home welcome me as cheerily as
-ever.”
-
-“We at least ought to comfort thee when the world without weareth such
-dark frowns.”
-
-“Ave, aye, there is need of comfort. But I divine that some one has
-been here in my absence, and given thee cause of anxiety.”
-
-“O, nothing worth minding,” returned the little wife. “Let us sup, and
-speak of the bright side of life.”
-
-“I am puzzled to find it; but thou canst point it out doubtless.”
-
-“Shall we forget,” said Anna, “the mercy and the blessing that we are
-spared to each other, and that no lawless mob has invaded our peace?”
-
-“Aye, we do well to remember that it might be worse with us,” was
-the reply; and having reverently said grace, for a time supper was
-discussed in silence, for Anna’s last question had awakened grave
-thoughts. Suddenly the cricket broke out anew with his shrill note.
-
-“What does the creature mean?” asked Gutenberg. “Does he dream that it
-is summer?”
-
-“Bethink thee; he is the insect prophet of hope. He is saying, ‘Bright
-days are coming, never fear!’”
-
-“I trust the hearth minstrel is right; he will at least be useful in
-making me sleep well; his song sounds like a lullaby! But now that
-supper is over, what of thy visitor?”
-
-“It was John Schultheiss’ wife,” replied Anna.
-
-“That dark-browed woman! Why came she?”
-
-“To comfort me with evil tidings; to tell me that it had been clearly
-proved in court that thy hidden art was no better than witchcraft,
-but that such was the inefficiency of the magistrates that they gave
-decision in thy favor. Some believe that thou art in league with the
-devil, and can enchant them or spoil their goods.”
-
-“What superstition!” exclaimed Gutenberg; “this comes of ignorance, and
-the scarcity of books!”
-
-“I did not reason with her, or make reply, and she soon left; and soon
-after, Simon, the Barefoot Friar, appeared. His religion, as you know,
-consists in clothing himself in rags, begging from house to house,
-and paying for his welcome in prayers and benedictions. As I opened
-the door in answer to his loud knocking, he cried out, ‘God save the
-house!’ then, as he came in, added, ‘God save the house, and all that’s
-in it! God save it to the north!’ and he made the sign of the cross in
-every direction towards which he turned. ‘God save it to the south! +
-to the east! + and to the west! + Save it upwards!’ turning his eyes
-heavenward, and crossing himself, ‘and save it downwards! + Save it
-backwards! + and save it forwards! + Save it right! + and save it left!
-+ Save it by night! + and save it by day! + Save it here! + and save it
-there! + Save it this way! + and save it that way! + Save it eating! +
-+ + and save it drinking! + + + + + + + + Oxis Doxis Glorioxis, Amen.’”
-
-Gutenberg joined Anna in a merry laugh at this farce, as she went on
-rehearsing the idle priest’s performance.
-
-“‘And how are you, gracious lady, now that I have blessed the place in
-the name of Saint Peter and all the Apostles and the nine patriarchs?
-Isn’t a merry Christmas coming to you? And isn’t there plenty of good
-cheer in the house?’ So I made him welcome, giving him a seat by the
-fire, and a dish of the best food the house afforded.
-
-“‘You don’t say that you’re prospering,’ said he, as I helped him to
-the second supply; for he ate like some great animal.
-
-“‘We are in trouble!’ I answered.
-
-“‘I know it!’ he exclaimed, with a laugh, munching a mouthful and
-clapping his hands. ‘I had it revealed to me! I know all about it;
-and I know the prayer for it. Oxis Doxis! + + + If you’d only sent to
-me in the first of it, I could have kept your trouble back, and I can
-now be a hindering cause to it, and get you safely through, for I know
-the prayer for it; Oxis Doxis! + and I’ll go at it directly when I get
-refreshed.’”
-
-“His own comfort first!” said Gutenberg, laughing.
-
-“Yes,” replied Anna, “and isn’t he a good specimen of that class of
-priests, who are really only beggars? All so wise in their own opinion,
-and so ready to instruct every one they meet. How different from the
-devout and learned priests who minister the services of our holy
-church!”
-
-“But how didst thou get rid of him?”
-
-“After he had eaten like a glutton, he was ready to give me religious
-instruction. ‘Do you know, gracious lady,’ said he, devoutly crossing
-himself, ‘that you are the very likeness of the Blessed Virgin? I know
-it, for she communicates with me from heaven.’
-
-“‘Does she speak to you, Simon?’ I asked.
-
-“‘The Blessed Virgin herself does so, and no one else,’ he answered.
-‘And now let me tell thee, daughter, what she said to me only last
-night. I was just composing myself to sleep, after opening my window
-a little ways to let her in,--for she is in the habit of appearing
-to me,--when a silvery cloud came floating through the air, and the
-Blessed Lady alighted, came in, and took her seat upon my bed. I made
-haste to say my “Ave Maria,” she the while sweetly smiling; and after
-I had said _Ora pro nobis_ exactly nine hundred and ninety-nine times,
-our holy Queen of Heaven and Mother of God opened her ruby lips, showed
-me her pearly teeth, and revealed to me that the Barefoot Friars are
-the dearest to her of all the orders of monks; and she showed me an
-easy way to get to heaven, making me a solemn promise that whoever dies
-with a Barefoot Friar’s cloak on, shall assuredly go to heaven.’”
-
-“The impostor!” exclaimed Gutenberg. “Does he teach such doctrines as
-these? Of what avail could his cloak be in such a matter? I do not
-wonder that John Wickliffe was stirred up to denounce such men almost a
-century ago!”
-
-“When I remember,” said Anna, “that Henry II. found out one hundred
-murders committed by priests, I am afraid to refuse the beggar friars
-when they ask for food. I know not what they might do when angry. They
-would at least curse me, and call down the judgments of Heaven.”
-
-“Which would harm thee as little as it did Wickliffe,” said Gutenberg.
-“It is related of him that when he was very sick, the friars burst into
-his room with abusive language and curses, prophesying his death and
-torment, which so roused him that he sprang from his bed and drove them
-out, saying, ‘I shall not die, but live to declare the evil deeds of
-you friars.’”
-
-“Would there were more like him!” said Anna.
-
-“We have some pious priests,” replied Gutenberg, “but others are
-corrupt and time-serving. Occasionally one studies the Bible, and is
-guided by its precepts; but there are so few copies of the sacred Word,
-that all cannot have it if they would. If its laws were more generally
-known, there would be a reformation in the lives of many of these men.
-I had my heart on multiplying copies of this Book of books, but alas!
-my plans have been frustrated!” and the tears dimmed his eyes.
-
-“Never fear, thou wilt yet be prospered,” returned Anna, soothingly.
-“Wickliffe did not fail in what he attempted, neither wilt thou fail of
-accomplishing something worthy of thy aims and efforts.”
-
-“But my work is done in Strasbourg. I cannot stem this tide of
-prejudice and jealousy.”
-
-“Strasbourg is not all the world,” rejoined Anna. “We can remove where
-people and priests are not against thee.”
-
-“But unless God interposes,” said Gutenberg, “I have no hope that I
-shall ever return to my art.”
-
-At the close of the lawsuit, Gutenberg found himself overwhelmed with
-debt. His presses, type, and all his printing materials were destroyed.
-He was a poor man, and must start anew in the world. And such was the
-popular prejudice against his beloved art, that he saw it was useless
-to attempt it again. Besides, Riffe and Hielman were now wholly averse
-to the business; they urged that it had never been profitable, and that
-defeat and disaster had attended its prosecution. It only remained for
-them to resume the lapidary trade in the little shop of Gutenberg’s
-cottage. This served a good purpose in allaying the excitement which
-had been stirred up by the revelations of the lawsuit. And the inventor
-was thankful that he had something positive to fall back upon in the
-hour of his extremity, and often contrasted his condition with what it
-would have been otherwise.
-
-With the weight of a bitter disappointment resting upon him, he wrought
-successfully at his trade, despite the efforts of certain evil
-disposed persons, who sought to crush him in the hour of his defeat.
-Now he had little intercourse with his fellow-citizens and the monks
-of the Cathedral, save in the way of business. It was the time of his
-reverses, and he had fewer friends than formerly.
-
-By constant application he managed to get a comfortable support and pay
-his most pressing liabilities; for the rest he suppressed his noble
-tastes. It was vain to stem the tide of poverty, ill-will, and evil
-surmisings which would infallibly meet him, had he the means even to
-attempt the prosecution of his favorite aims. Yet in his dreams he was
-often cutting type and working his press as of old. How he sighed to
-find them only dreams!
-
-Thus, with alternations of hopes and fears, the latter predominating,
-passed the period till the close of 1441, at which time he was glad
-to be released from all connection with Riffe and Hielman. There was
-little congeniality to make their daily intercourse agreeable, and no
-one of the firm proposed another term of contract.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XII.
-
- Congenial Quiet.--Making Type again.--Gutenberg issues “Absies.”
- --Peter Schoeffer.--Decides to remove to Mentz.--Emotions of
- Gutenberg.--Fraternal Sympathy.--The Meeting with Faust.--Table
- Talk.--Removal.
-
-
-The dissolution of the firm was in some respects a benefit to the
-lapidary. He had time for quiet thought, and, as in years gone by, his
-shop was his sanctum. Feeling at ease, his work progressed rapidly,
-and his day’s task was often accomplished ere the sun declined, when
-instinctively his hand followed the bent of his mind, and engaged
-in cutting _stucke_. He said nothing of this to Anna, until, by
-accumulations of spare hours’ work, he had made a fount of type. He
-then surprised her by showing his treasures.
-
-“That is so much like thee, John!” she exclaimed. “I do believe thou
-wilt yet even receive the reward of thy perseverance; but thou canst
-not attempt great things now, not having the means of making a press,
-and with no one to assist thee.”
-
-“I have made this type in the leisure after my daily work,” was the
-reply; “I can, moreover, devote a portion of my energies to preparing
-apparatus for imprinting; it will, however, avail me little in this
-place. Nevertheless, I shall work on, hoping that it will at some time
-turn to account.”
-
-Gutenberg’s evenings were henceforth occupied in constructing a frame
-to inclose the type, and a printing-press; but it was some two years
-from the time of the disbanding of the firm before he was ready to
-print. He then issued an alphabetical table, called the “Absies.” This
-was a one page book, and had besides the alphabet, an Address to the
-Virgin Mary, and the Lord’s Prayer. He had designed it for the use of
-the pupils in the Cathedral school, but it was some time before he had
-courage to attempt introducing it.
-
-A little incident decided him. It happened one morning that Peter
-Schoeffer, a scholar who had assisted in selling the block books, and
-now famed for his skill in penmanship, came into the shop. He had at
-one period called often, and a friendship had sprung up between himself
-and the inventor. The latter, sure of his sympathy, showed him a copy
-of the “Absies.” Schoeffer was highly pleased, and said,--
-
-“According to my thinking, this is what we need in our school. The
-letters are regular and plain, and it would save great labor in
-copying.” He then volunteered to bring the work to the notice of his
-teacher; and after inquiry and examination the school was furnished
-with the “Absies.”
-
-Time passed, Gutenberg leading much the same life,--mostly engaged
-in the lapidary business, and printing a small page occasionally; in
-this last work having little patronage. It was, indeed, useless to
-attempt printing at Strasbourg; the old prejudice reviving as soon as
-it was known that he had made any new issues. He resolved, therefore,
-to abandon the place forever. But where should he go? As was natural,
-he decided to return to Mentz, the home of his childhood and youth. In
-this decision Anna fully concurred, sensible that her husband could
-never succeed in the place of his defeat.
-
-Gutenberg was deeply moved on approaching his native city, Mentz.
-He had left it in the buoyancy of youth, a chevalier; less than a
-score of earnest, struggling, eventful years pass, and he returns an
-artisan. Humiliation, indigence, and glory had wrestled in his destiny.
-The lawsuit had spread his fame through Germany; but poor, ruined,
-condemned, he comes back with aching heart and disappointed hopes to
-reconstruct, if possible, his fallen fortunes. His parents were no
-more; and hesitatingly he drew near the old home, a stately ancestral
-dwelling. How would his brother receive him and his in the day of his
-adversity? Would he find him estranged by the cruel slanders of the
-Strasbourg busybodies? He well knew that he should miss the loving
-ministrations of his sister Hebele, as, soon after his departure, she
-had joined the St. Claire Convent; and now he realized as never before,
-her living burial. Alas! she seemed dead to her friends. Forebodingly
-he crossed the threshold of his fathers; but Friele, true brother that
-he was, met him joyfully, bidding him welcome again and again. This
-sympathy was most grateful to the wanderer in his reverses; still he
-was only half-satisfied, he so much longed for help in his beloved
-art; but how could he speak of it, and perchance break the spell of
-their happy meeting? Friele had, however, learned many passages of his
-late history from Gutenberg’s occasional letters to his mother, and
-eagerly questioned him for farther particulars. This led the inventor
-to dwell on his struggles to bring out an art which would multiply
-books, and lessen the labor of making them. Friele listened intently,
-yet was doubtful of new things. He promised, however, to aid him in
-some feasible way. This might be the work of time, and meanwhile he
-begged him to be hopeful and happy, expressing his conviction that all
-would yet turn out for the best. This loving reception was balm to
-the wounded spirit of the inventor; and feeling that he could safely
-confide in his brother, he showed him some of the works he had printed,
-and the printing materials which he had brought with him, at the
-same time acknowledging more fully his strong wish of commencing the
-business in Mentz.
-
-Friele was increasingly interested, and hoped to be able to assist him;
-meanwhile Gutenberg decided to rent a small cottage, and pursue his
-business of the lapidary; occupying himself as he might be able, in
-fitting up his printing apparatus.
-
-One day, some time after, as he was passing the Church of St.
-Christopher, he met his brother Friele in earnest discourse with a
-stranger, whom he introduced as John Faust, saying to Gutenberg,
-smilingly,--
-
-“We were just speaking of thee, brother John!”
-
-“I am most happy to meet thee!” said Faust, cordially. “I should know
-you from your resemblance to your father. I am well-acquainted with
-your cousins and all your kindred; I esteem them highly, and heartily
-welcome back a former townsman,--a member of one of our patrician
-families.”
-
-Friele pleasantly bowed and passed on, as Faust continued:--
-
-“Your brother has given me some account of your efforts in the arts;
-and I am desirous of learning more respecting them.”
-
-The heart of Gutenberg was touched by the genuine interest in himself
-and his endeavors, manifested by the rich goldsmith; and the two new
-friends were soon walking the streets absorbed in conversation.
-
-“I have devised a most important invention,” said Gutenberg, “and it
-remains hidden like a buried seed till the rain and sunshine bring it
-up to light and fruitage. Would that I had my hoarded patrimony, that
-I might render my discovery available! But such is the necessity of
-keeping the details of my processes, that I have not ventured to apply
-for money to prosecute the art.”
-
-“If I had a full understanding of what it is, I might perhaps assist
-thee,” returned the banker.
-
-“It concerns book-making,” explained Gutenberg, for Faust was fast
-winning his confidence. “You are aware that the great work of the
-monasteries in Germany, as elsewhere, is copying books, and that
-they receive vast sums for their works. My new process doth entirely
-supercede their toil, and fashioneth books without the labor of
-copying.”
-
-“Impossible!” ejaculated Faust.
-
-“But I can demonstrate it!”
-
-“Good, if thou canst prove it beyond all question. But what money is
-needed to carry out thy wonderful discovery?”
-
-“Some two or three thousand florins,” answered Gutenberg.
-
-“If I were convinced,” returned the other, “that it would pay better
-than goldsmithing,--but I must see specimens of thy work, before
-committing myself to the enterprise.”
-
-“And I will with pleasure show them you, provided you will pledge
-yourself that, if convinced, you will invest in the undertaking.
-Meanwhile rest assured that it will yet pay richly. Why, consider what
-moneys the monks receive; and my books will be more in demand, since
-they are better executed.”
-
-“As to books,” remarked the goldsmith, “according to my thinking there
-are enough in the world already. They serve little purpose save to turn
-active men into mopers. Nevertheless, as people will have them, there
-can be no harm that we should make a profit by furnishing them. They
-may as well have books as jewelry and mirrors, which gratify their
-vanity.”
-
-“I think so,” replied the inventor, smiling; “and when you come to know
-my art, you cannot fail to admire it.”
-
-“Art!” exclaimed Faust jocosely, “hath it aught to do with the black
-art? I could not abide that. Much as I value money, I would not league
-myself with the Evil One.”
-
-“By no means,” said Gutenberg, a mirthful expression breaking over his
-care-worn face, “and you have no greater abhorrence of such wickedness
-than myself.” Then seriously, “I believe in using the wisdom that God
-giveth. As saith St. James, ‘If any man lack wisdom, let him ask of
-God, who giveth unto all men liberally, and upbraideth not.’”
-
-“But what if thou art deceived in thy business calculations? What then
-will become of my money?” asked Faust.
-
-“There can be no mistake,” was the answer. “I have put the discovery to
-practical use; I have made books by it, and there can be no illusion.
-This I will demonstrate before we sign a contract. If it were not a
-great discovery, and most beneficent and far-reaching in its results, I
-would not be thus earnest to bring it out. But to delay is risking too
-much; in case of my death, it would perish with me.”
-
-“If I can be convinced that it is a certainty,” returned Faust, “I
-will furnish capital; but I cannot abide a doubt. As I said, if I am
-satisfied, we will draw up and sign an agreement; you, on your part, to
-teach me the secrets of the art; I, on my part, to provide money; and
-the profits to be shared equally.”
-
-He then agreed to come and spend the ensuing day at Gutenberg’s house,
-examining specimens of his work and investigating the practicability
-of his invention.
-
-It was noon the next day when Gutenberg took Faust home with him, to
-the dismay of Anna, who, since her preoccupied husband had forgotten
-the marketing, had only the prospect of a dinner of herbs for her
-guest. At length, in her anxiety, she heard the sound of a fisherman’s
-horn; and, sallying out into the street, she purchased a great
-treasure,--a fish. In due time the simple repast was ready; and when
-they were seated at the table, Faust, reverting to the subject of their
-previous conference, said,--
-
-“Your invention has something to do with engraving on wood. How can
-that be less laborious than copying?”
-
-“It is precisely to draw your attention to that point that I spoke of
-it,” replied Gutenberg. “With that alone we could not even imprint a
-large work in a life-time. But if, instead of engraving a whole page on
-a solid block, we use a small movable block for engraving each letter,
-you see that we can then use the same letters any number of times, and
-so lessen our labors beyond all calculation. This is the first great
-step of my invention. Does it not seem simple? Why did no one think of
-it before?”
-
-He then described the process by which he reached his various
-improvements, dwelling especially on his invention of the press.
-
-“You must have a world of perseverance!” observed Faust, admiringly.
-
-“When one gets on the track of a great idea,” said Gutenberg, a
-handsome glow tinging his cheeks, “it is hard to give it up.”
-
-“But you are an artist in gems,” interrupted Faust. “Who executed the
-work in wood for you?”
-
-“Conrad Sachspach, at Strasbourg, made the frame, following my
-directions. But I must show you some of my books;” and, rising, he
-produced a number, and among them the “Speculum,” which was made partly
-from blocks and partly from movable type.
-
-“Are these really specimens of books, Master Gutenberg?” asked Faust
-with surprise. “Wonderful! wonderful! thou hast wisely devised a most
-useful art, that will shortly bring thee both riches and renown!”
-
-“And thou hast the faculty to quickly comprehend my art,” replied
-Gutenberg with a beaming face.
-
-“That is true,” added Anna, “and it is so blessed to be appreciated.
-But while you warm over your theme, dinner gets cold!” and a laugh went
-round the table.
-
-“This is a worthy deed of thine, madam,” replied Faust, “preparing a
-good dinner, and making us laugh. Physicians would commend thee.”
-
-“What would they say to my husband? wouldn’t they counsel him to
-descend from the clouds and eat like other people?”
-
-“No doubt of it, madam, since ideas, however original, have not the
-nourishing elements of food. You have been tried by your husband’s
-application to his one idea?”
-
-“At times,” replied Anna, “I have failed to see the service of it.”
-Faust laughed heartily, adding,--
-
-“Time enough for the utility, madam. The invention must go through a
-process to become available; it must creep before it can walk. Have
-patience, madam!”
-
-“I try to have a great store,” she playfully said, “but he is so taken
-up with his projects that I can scarcely ever get a word from him.
-When he leaves his work-shop for the day, and draws his chair to the
-fire, one would think he might have the grace to be sociable; but there
-he sits and pokes the fire, reads the fire, studies the fire, half
-the night, and I would like to know what is the necessity of so much
-meditation?”
-
-“Ah, madam,” returned Faust, “it is the common experience of inventors
-to meet many adversities in the outset. You have reason to be proud of
-your husband. As I understand it, he has made a great discovery,--the
-beginning of something of vast importance.”
-
-Then, turning to Gutenberg, he added, “I am ready to advance thy
-invention. But how shall we move? Secrecy is indispensable. We must
-live in the same house in which we work,--we must consult much
-together. Where is there a suitable building?”
-
-“I had thought of the Zum Jungen,” said Gutenberg.
-
-“The very place. It is almost a palace in size, and will afford ample
-room; is in the city, and yet retired from its bustle. It is now
-vacant, and I will go and engage it at once. This evening let us draw
-up a written contract, or articles of agreement, and I will advance the
-needed funds. When can you remove?”
-
-“To-morrow, can we not, Anna?”
-
-“Why,” exclaimed she, “can we get ready so soon? We are scarcely
-settled yet.”
-
-“The easier to remove,” replied Gutenberg; adding, “moreover, the Zum
-Jungen is a very beautiful place, and reminds me of the old castle
-Thür, where I first met my Anna!”
-
-“Let us go at once,” immediately returned the wife; “it must be
-delightful. Why cannot De Becktoff de Hanau come and help us remove?”
-alluding to an old servant and valet of the Gutenberg family, who, like
-others of their servants, had been allowed to hire himself out, since
-he could not be maintained.
-
-“A good thought, wife; he shall take charge of our goods, and we
-shall avoid some of the fatigue of a second removal. I will bring him
-hither;” and Faust having taken leave, Gutenberg hastened to find the
-old valet.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XIII.
-
- The Zum Jungen.--The Old Valet.--A Happy Change.--Going over the
- Process anew.--Type of Lead.--Peter Schoeffer.
-
-
-The Zum Jungen, that famous old house on the Rhine, was engaged;
-the articles of agreement duly drawn up and signed. Faust advanced
-2,020 florins, taking a mortgage of Gutenberg’s printing materials as
-security; and the firm, having removed their families to the building,
-commenced operations in the printing rooms. Hanau, the valet of the
-elder Gutenberg, was especially serviceable in the removal, and was
-soon installed as a faithful helper in the office.
-
-“What think you of this?” said Gutenberg to Anna one morning, soon
-after the settlement in their new quarters, as they stood on the
-balcony that overlooked the river.
-
-“O, it is so beautiful!” she replied. “Never will I tire of this
-scenery. There; do you see those swallows sitting so still upon their
-nests under the roofs? Now one flies off zigzag to the ground, after a
-worm; now she bears it back, perches upon her nest, and chippers with
-her little ones as they eat their breakfast. Hear them chatter! Then
-how fragrant the flowers! How pretty the hills, clad in vineyards! I
-feel at home already, and I mean to be happy, and let no foreboding
-trouble me. I do not yet ride in a coach, and dine like a queen, but my
-home is in a palace. How good it was in Faust to advance money! What a
-difference it makes in our circumstances!”
-
-“Besides, how it affects my art!” returned Gutenberg. “How could I
-prosper without it? And, Anna, we do well to remember that there has
-been providential interposition in our affairs. We must acknowledge it
-if we would be directed. Think of the long trial we have had, and of
-our deliverer.”
-
-“It does seem like a miracle. But how canst thou ever make new types
-and presses like those which were destroyed at Strasbourg?”
-
-“Trust me I shall not be long of doing that,” answered Gutenberg. “I am
-encouraged. The prospect was dark until my arrangement with Faust; but
-we shall do well enough, now that abundant means are provided.”
-
-At first the firm was occupied with some of the block books which
-had been issued at Strasbourg. Among these were the “Absies,” or
-alphabetical tables, the “Doctrinale,” and a manual of grammar, or
-“Donatus.”
-
-The work did indeed go prosperously forward. Gutenberg, Faust, Hanau,
-and Martin Duttlinger,--the last named a Cathedral scholar who had
-assisted in printing at Dritzhn’s shop,--were occupied from early in
-the morning till late at night in cutting type and setting it up. Faust
-had also occasionally some of his workmen--a Hamburgher among them--in
-the printing hall. They wrought in two well-lighted, convenient rooms
-in the second story,--so surrounded by other rooms as not to be
-accessible to strangers,--which apartments they kept constantly locked.
-
-Step by step, the company went through in a few months what caused
-Gutenberg years of experimenting, as we in a few hours can read a
-book which cost the author the study of a life. Not that they really
-mastered everything as did their teacher. That which he himself
-elaborated, was indeed a part of his mind, his inventions being his
-thoughts embodied. Hence the propriety of giving him so prominent a
-place in this volume. The art cannot be fittingly portrayed without
-sketching its originator. Like soul and body, they belong together; it
-is impossible to picture one without the other.
-
-To describe the process by which Gutenberg taught his art, would be
-to repeat the progress of the Strasbourg firm, save that the Mentz
-printers were more hopeful, earnest, and intelligent, and did not so
-easily yield to obstacles; and also the difference that they were
-immediately advanced to movable type.
-
-“We are making fine headway,” said Faust to Gutenberg, when the works
-referred to had been printed.
-
-“Yes, but we sadly need a designer for our engravings. How I miss my
-Andreas Dritzhn, of happy memory, who did excellent service in this
-line at Strasbourg.”
-
-“Cannot some one be found to fill his place?”
-
-“I know of only one man that would do,” replied Gutenberg, “and that is
-young Peter Schoeffer, a teacher of penmanship, now residing in Paris.
-I must send him word to join us.”
-
-As the printing went on, Gutenberg encountered the old difficulty of
-the softening of the type, and, on being questioned by Faust respecting
-it, set his ingenious mind to work to remedy it.
-
-Turning to a drawer of odds and ends, and taking out some bits of
-metal, he said, “Suppose we make our type of lead!” Faust took up a
-strip, and, commencing a rude letter on the end of it, said, “This
-will do, assuredly. It is hard, and yet we can cut it, and it will not
-become soft, as does wood, by absorbing ink.”
-
-“We can at least test it,” said Gutenberg. “If it should not prove to
-be just what we need, it may suggest something useful. My progress has
-been made by a series of experiments; and because we fail once, is no
-reason for discouragement. We have only to try until we succeed.”
-
-Faust’s letter gave him much satisfaction. “We have discovered the
-right thing for our type!” said he, after making an impression with
-it. He then strode up and down the room, now looking at this form, now
-that, then stopping to dab the leather ink-balls on the type, then
-taking up a manuscript, and generally making himself at home in the
-printing-office. Since he had become a partner and patron, his manner
-had grown pompous and somewhat lordly. Although a mere novice in the
-new art, he was fully sensible of the honor he conferred on the firm
-in associating himself with it, and very naturally assumed a general
-oversight. The inventor saw the infirmities of his friend, but forebore
-remark. He was both discerning and patient.
-
-One afternoon, some weeks later, as a shower was rising, Anna sat by
-her window, alternately sewing and watching the clouds as they gathered
-in dark columns and overspread the sky. The brown sparrows that
-frequented the roof of the Zum Jungen, chattered as the large drops
-fell, perching upon the tiles and laughing at the rain. Just then who
-should be coming up the street but Gutenberg and Peter Schoeffer, in
-earnest discourse, seeming to heed the weather as little as did the
-birds. Gutenberg had opened his heart to Schoeffer as to an old friend;
-he felt confidence in doing so, for Schoeffer had proved himself
-estimable and trusty when in his employ at Strasbourg. As they came
-nearer and entered the house, Anna heard Gutenberg say, “Canst thou
-tell me, Master Schoeffer, now that we are on my art, what is the most
-notable and important book in the world?”
-
-“I do not consider myself learned enough to answer that question,”
-answered Schoeffer, after a pause. “The scribes who spend their lives
-in making libraries should know.”
-
-“That is true,” was the reply. “But, judging from the works which you
-have seen, which is the most celebrated and useful?”
-
-“I recollect,” replied Peter Schoeffer, “when I was in the Cathedral
-school, that Father Melchoir showed us the Gothic Gospels, or Silver
-Book, and remarked that more art and expense had been spent on the
-Bible than on any other book. From this I must infer that in the
-opinion of the wise, it is the most useful and important book in
-existence.”
-
-“Right,” replied the inventor; “more time has been spent in copying
-the Bible than any other book, and justly; for the Word of God is
-before all human productions.”
-
-“But is not the Breviary made more prominent by our priests?”
-
-“Although in more common use, you will notice that it is not generally
-so highly ornamented and so costly as the Bible. This last is the
-foundation of the Prayer-book, as also of the institutions of our
-religion. Whatever we enjoy of Christianity and civilization is due
-to that sacred Book. Hence it is of all others the most to be prized
-and preserved. There are, however, comparatively few copies of it in
-the world,--only two or three thousand, it is said, and these mostly
-hoarded in monasteries, universities, and royal libraries. Suppose now,
-that in the conflict of nations, evil should befall the depositories
-of the sacred Book, and, through some devastation or edict, the Bible
-be lost to us. Moreover, the Holy Book is sold to kings when they can
-afford to pay six hundred crowns for it; if _they_ may have the Bible,
-why may not their subjects? My purpose is to print a Bible in the best
-style of my art, and multiply copies of it. I shall need in this work a
-skillful engraver of letters.”
-
-“But what an undertaking, to print the entire Bible!” said Schoeffer.
-
-“Yea, a stupendous work!” was the answer, “and it will take years to
-accomplish it; hence I am the more anxious to begin. Can I not depend
-on thy aid?”
-
-Peter Schoeffer had assisted Gutenberg in Strasbourg, and admired him,
-and now was only too happy to accede to his request, and take charge of
-designing letters for engraving.
-
-Thus early in the history of his invention did Gutenberg conceive the
-project of printing the Bible; consecrating his art to the honor of
-God, and the welfare of his fellow-men. Well does Mr. Hallam say, “It
-is a very striking circumstance, that the high-minded inventors of
-this great art tried at the outset so bold a flight as the printing an
-entire Bible.”
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XIV.
-
- Working of the Press.--The Medallion.--An Acquisition.--Experiments.
- --A Failure.--Schoeffer’s Invention.--Discovery of Cast Metal Type.
-
-
-Entering the printing rooms, Gutenberg introduced Peter Schoeffer to
-John Faust, and then called his attention to the new press, which was a
-noticeable improvement on those broken up at Strasbourg.
-
-“Admirable!” exclaimed Schoeffer, as the inventor explained the working
-of the machine. “Good progress has been made since I was in your shop,
-years ago.”
-
-As Martin Duttlinger, the workman, dabbed the type with ink, slid under
-the platen, and, having pressed it, removed the printed page, Peter was
-delighted with the facility with which the press operated.
-
-“This is truly wonderful,” cried he. “Pray, friend Martin, how many
-impressions can be made by this press in a day?”
-
-“About three hundred, if we work it constantly.”
-
-“Is it possible!” exclaimed Peter. “Now indeed will books multiply.
-What will the plodding copyists say to this?”
-
-Simple man of the ancient time! What would you say to the speed of our
-cylinder presses, which throw off twenty thousand printed sheets an
-hour, or more than three hundred a minute! Think of it, shade of Peter
-Schoeffer,--it would take one hundred and ninety-two thousand of the
-swiftest scribes to furnish by copying the same amount as one of these
-presses supplies in one hour!
-
-Contrast the speed of the snail and the lightning!
-
-But what was Peter Schoeffer’s personal appearance? some one asks. We
-shall let you judge for yourself,--in our opinion he was not handsome.
-However, as “handsome is that handsome does,” if we can find in history
-that he did to others as he would have others do to him, we will
-forgive his plain face, since it was no fault of his. Suppose also we
-look at the three together.
-
-The portraits are taken from a medallion, and are faithful likenesses
-of the individuals acknowledged in Germany as the first printers.
-The subject from which the picture was copied, is said to have been
-engraved by the famous Gubitz of Berlin, from an old German painting.
-
-We shall become more interested in Schoeffer when we learn what he
-achieved; but it is high time he was described.
-
-His forehead is high, hair scanty and smooth, the perceptive ridge
-stands out over the eyes,--which are black and piercing,--nose long and
-decided, mouth large and smiling, and the chin entirely hidden by a
-flowing beard. He is called the _Improver_ of the art of printing.
-
-Faust, on the same medallion, is a better-looking man than Schoeffer,
-and twenty years his senior. His brow is not so lofty, but it is
-care-worn, while his hair is jet-black. He has the hawk’s eye, keen
-nose, and pursy mouth of the shrewd and thrifty business man. A scanty
-beard discloses a well-turned chin, and altogether he makes a fine
-appearance. He is distinguished as the _Promoter_ of the art.
-
-Gutenberg has been already described in a preceding chapter.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- GUTTENBERG
- FUST
- SCHOEFFER
-
-(From an old painting.)]
-
-To return to Schoeffer.
-
-Opening his travelling bundle, he produced specimens of his own
-hand-writing. These were in the most elegant style of the practiced
-monks. The letters were clear, legible, and uniform, charming the eye.
-
-“Your nice taste and delicate execution, my son,” said the inventor,
-“will nobly aid the art of printing. Abide with us, devote your
-talents to the art, and you shall not be the loser.”
-
-“You do me too much honor,” replied Peter. “I shall only be too happy
-to serve thee in my former capacity. I feel that I have everything to
-learn in this invention, which has made such advancement in my absence.”
-
-Gutenberg was by no means a good penman, neither could he cut very
-legible letters in type.
-
-But what Gutenberg lacked, Peter Schoeffer could supply, and the type
-which was made after he joined the firm, showed the benefit of his
-coöperation.
-
-As the wooden type had in a measure failed, from the necessity of
-frequent renewal, the company gradually substituted letters of lead.
-John Faust and Schoeffer entered with much interest upon the experiment
-of using lead, sanguine of its success. They still confined themselves
-to printing the elementary books. They found no difficulty in cutting
-the letters with precision, and they could put them together as well
-as those of wood; they had trouble, however, in printing with them.
-The metal was so soft that it required the nicest skill in turning the
-screw, as it would scarcely bear sufficient pressure to print.
-
-See Gutenberg, Faust, and Schoeffer, and the different members of the
-firm, around the press in almost breathless suspense at the trial of
-the leaden type!
-
-“This will never do,” exclaimed Faust in dismay, as the proof-sheet was
-drawn out, after Gutenberg had turned the screw. Some of the type were
-so much bent as to spoil the letters; others did not print at all. The
-experiment was a failure.
-
-“Patience!” cried the inventor, “we shall yet succeed. Turn you to
-your type-setting, and let me manage the press;” and thus he spent the
-remainder of the day. Working it by himself, he found that if the screw
-was turned to a given point, it would, under his hand, print without
-injuring the type; but when another took his place, it was sure to be
-marred.
-
-The artisans were much depressed when they separated for the night.
-Gutenberg invited Schoeffer home to supper, that he might talk over the
-matter.
-
-“The lead type is plainly too soft,” remarked Gutenberg as they sat by
-the cheerful fire in his own room in the Zum Jungen. “What we want is
-softness and strength, a mixture of qualities. Another metal should be
-added.”
-
-“Have you tried iron?” asked Peter.
-
-“Aye, some time since,” was the answer; “but it pierced the paper so
-that it could not be used.”
-
-Each then suggested and discussed different combinations of metals,
-and decided to try experiments until the right alloy was found. And
-thus the evening wore away.
-
-One suggestive intellect stirs another. As the flint elicits the spark
-from the steel, so two minds may jointly originate a new thought. Under
-Gutenberg’s influence the workings of Peter Schoeffer’s active brain
-took shape, and all the inventive faculty within him was brought into
-exercise.
-
-Now it so happened, as Nieritz relates, that Peter was accustomed to
-experiment in metals, and the very next day, after sweating over the
-fire in the back office, brought in an amalgam which he thought might
-answer the purpose. It was a mixture of regulus of antimony and lead.
-This proved to be of the requisite softness and strength.
-
-The day of this discovery was an eventful one. It was Schoeffer’s first
-invention. Faust called Gutenberg aside when he saw how well the new
-material worked, to congratulate him.
-
-“Good teachers produce apt scholars,” said he, patronizingly patting
-Gutenberg’s shoulder. “I must wish thee joy of thy apprentice. He takes
-to the art like a kitten to milk. We must make him one of the firm.”
-
-“He is an ingenious workman,” returned Gutenberg, “and we need all
-the ability of this kind that we can command, for difficulties often
-occur. I also am in favor of making him a partner.”
-
-“Moreover, it is so pleasant to have another with us whom we can
-trust,” added Faust, “and an old acquaintance of yours. I am suspicious
-of strangers. Our success depends mainly on keeping our secret.”
-
-Happily Schoeffer did not hear all the praise lavished upon him, but he
-heard enough to incite him to diligence and perseverance. Gutenberg was
-justly proud of him, and grateful to the kind Providence that had sent
-him to the Zum Jungen.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XV.
-
- Schoeffer admitted to the Firm.--A Grand Project.--How a Bible was
- borrowed.--The Early Press.--Processes in Bookmaking.--Ingenuity
- of Peter Schoeffer.--Industry of the Firm.--Ink.--Cast Type.--
- Three Ingenious Men.--Letter-founding.--Faust compliments
- Peter.--The First Printed Page of the Bible.--A Memorable Year.
-
-
-We now view the first printing firm industriously cutting type from
-the metal introduced by Peter Schoeffer, who is one of the partners.
-Gutenberg, having fully tested it, found with joy that it was the
-long-sought composition. It was hard enough to bear the necessary
-pressure, and yet did not perforate the paper or vellum in printing.
-
-“This is most opportune to our need,” said he to Peter; “we can now
-begin to set type for the Bible. The lead _stucke_ must be melted into
-the new mixture; you shall have charge of it, taking care to reserve
-some of the best letters for models. We must keep in mind that the care
-with which the letters are carved will determine the appearance of the
-book. By lavishing time, ingenuity, and money on the Bible, the monks
-have produced some elaborate specimens. I see no reason why we may not
-rival them if we try.”
-
-“Of all books the Bible should be in the highest style of our art,”
-remarked Schoeffer.
-
-“True, it should be,” replied Gutenberg; “and as you have cultivated
-yourself in penmanship, I wish you to instruct the firm in
-type-cutting. I have thought of a plan by which we can have uniform and
-elegant letters. It is that you write them on the ends of the metal
-strips, and let others carve the type from your pattern. This will
-insure us one style of handwriting throughout the Bible; ever keeping
-in mind that it is our aim to produce the most beautiful book the world
-has ever seen,--for it is fitting that this book, of all others, should
-be issued in the most excellent manner.”
-
-“But,” observed Peter, “how can we excel the monks, when one man spends
-a life-time on writing out and embellishing a Bible, and we can only
-devote a few years to it? For instance, how can we ever bring our Bible
-to compare with the Silver Book in the care of Father Melchoir, the
-letters of which are mostly of silver, and the illustrations of gold? I
-had access to the Royal Library of France, in the Louvre. There I saw
-a copy of the Evangelists, written in liquid gold! I fear we shall
-fail in magnificence, and give as great a contrast compared with these
-monks, as our plain printing rooms form with that library, the floor of
-which is paved with marble, the walls decorated with glass and ivory,
-and the shelves and desks are of the costliest wood.”
-
-“I shall not attempt to rival the monks in adorning my Bibles with gold
-and silver,” said Gutenberg; “if the letters are faultless, and the
-printing clear, we shall outvie them, and I am persuaded that we can
-effect this. It would be idle for us to print with gold, even if we had
-the abundance to warrant it. The monks are wealthy, and only lavish it
-on a single copy, once in many years; while if we issue one Bible, we
-shall imprint more than a hundred!”
-
-“Aye, indeed!” exclaimed Peter Schoeffer, “What a magnificent thought!
-Truly we live in a wonderful age, when six men can make a hundred
-Bibles in six years!”
-
-(But what would you say, Peter, could you witness the lightning-feats
-of the steam-presses of this day, dashing off a thousand copies of the
-sacred volume in one day?)
-
-“And moreover,” replied Gutenberg, “when we have disposed of one
-hundred copies, we can issue as many more in a shorter time.”
-
-“That is most cheering,” returned Schoeffer, “and I will at once
-engage in my department of the work.”
-
-The printing of the Bible was now the great enterprise of the firm,
-smaller works being issued by way of preparation. While Peter Schoeffer
-superintended type-cutting, and the office work went on as usual, there
-were long and earnest consultations as to the best course to pursue
-in obtaining a Bible for a copy. If Gutenberg or Faust bargained for
-one with the Abbot of a monastery, inquiries would be made which they
-wished not to answer.
-
-“If I had the money to deposit for a Bible,” said Martin Duttlinger, “I
-could easily obtain one.”
-
-“And the money we expect to furnish, of course,” said Faust. “No one
-can borrow so valuable a piece of property as a Bible, without the same
-as buying it.”
-
-It was accordingly arranged that Martin Duttlinger, who was the most
-trusty of their workmen, should be charged with the mission of buying
-a Bible of Trithemius, Abbot of Spanheim, who was known to have books
-for sale; and Martin was accordingly fitted off. After his departure,
-affairs went on with the firm much as usual, save that they felt the
-impulse which the resolve of engaging in the noblest enterprise on
-earth could not fail to give; and who can doubt that the smile of God’s
-countenance rested on them, lightening their toil?
-
-[Illustration: ANCIENT PRESS.]
-
-Gutenberg and Faust advised much together respecting the improved
-printing machine they were adjusting, and Schoeffer made rapid
-improvement in his particular branch of the art.
-
-Gutenberg’s press was very simple in construction,--a board acted on
-by a screw, like a cheese-press. On this board the type was placed
-inclosed in a frame, then inked; the paper was then laid over them,
-and the screw turned by a lever with the hand. In constructing this
-press, he had two upright posts of great strength, seven feet and a
-half high, placed four feet apart, and fastened together at the top
-and bottom by two stout crosspieces. In this frame an iron screw was
-made to work, by means of two parallel additional crosspieces, about
-a foot and a half apart, connecting the perpendicular posts. From
-about the middle of each of these upright posts, three feet from the
-floor, a slide projected, called a rib; these posts were parallel to
-each other, and firmly fitted, to bear a great weight. But these two
-points of the press,--the _screw_ and the _slide_,--let us see of what
-use they were. A table was made to run in under the frame and out, the
-slide supporting it in place of legs. The screw worked in a box, called
-a hose, by means of a bar or lever inserted in it; the toe, or lower
-end of the screw, working in a sort of cup fixed upon a large block
-of dense wood, having the face planed smooth, and called the platen.
-By turning down the bar, the screw forced down the platen, which was
-fastened to it, just as far as it descended; when the screw was raised,
-the platen was also raised.
-
-The frame or chase which contained the type being fixed upon the table,
-it was made to slide backwards and forwards as was needed. For example,
-when the type was ready to be pressed, having been previously inked,
-and the paper laid upon it, the workman slid it under the platen; and
-after the screw was turned down, and the platen had pressed it, or the
-printing was done, he slid it out.
-
-The inking balls were constructed of a variety of things, and at length
-the printers used those which were made of sheep’s felt.
-
-A sheet of paper being placed upon the type, the form was slid directly
-under the platen; and this being pressed down by a handle turning the
-screw, the paper was printed.
-
-This press served very well then, and even almost to our own day; a
-similar one is sometimes to be seen now, where common rough printing is
-required.
-
-The press-work, being very toilsome, was done by turns, one man plying
-it a certain number of hours, then another taking his place. The
-Alphabet, with the “Lord’s Prayer,” the “Address to the Virgin Mary,”
-a “Dictionary,” and a “Donatus,” were the first works printed with the
-improved press, and separate types.
-
-Each of these first printers was eminently practical. Had they been
-otherwise, never could so great a work have been executed. It is now
-necessary to employ as many as twelve trades to publish a Bible. These
-are type-founders, printers’ joiners, iron-founders, paper-makers,
-wholesale stationers, letter-press printers, printing-ink makers,
-composition-roller makers, engravers on wood, lithographic printers,
-hot-pressers, and book-binders. But those three men, of whom Gutenberg
-was chief, wrought at most of these branches of business with their own
-hands, or by the workmen whom they taught, in the printing rooms of the
-Zum Jungen.
-
-Schoeffer had great skill and facility in getting out the cut type,
-as well as in directing others to work after his models. When he had
-wrought at it some time and prepared a quantity of type, Gutenberg said
-to him,--
-
-“Our initial letters must be illuminated, and as you have had much
-practice in this department of writing, being an illuminator of
-manuscript works, I doubt not you will execute them as they should be.”
-
-“I will do my best,” replied Schoeffer, pleasantly. The result was
-that in a short time he had designed and cut a number of illuminated
-letters, to be used at the beginning of chapters. As a specimen of his
-handiwork, we give the initial B, taken from a work of the Mentz press,
-and described on the following page.
-
-Let us carefully notice this exquisite letter. On the left hand are
-elaborated fern leaves and other foliage; while the centre is dense
-with climbing luxuriance. On the right, in the broad curves of the
-initial, are delicate flowers suggestive of snow crystals, cerastium,
-and mignonnette,--dainty bits of infloresence just fitted to alight
-with feathery footfall on the back of the elephantine letter. On the
-other side is a bird taking its flight, and a dog pursuing. The letter
-itself originally was in pale blue, the ornaments in which it was
-placed being red; the figures and flowers were transparent and white,
-as well as the vellum on which the book was printed; showing that the
-art of engraving was no longer in its infancy, and also that the artist
-was well practiced in his profession.
-
-[Illustration: FROM THE PSALTER, PSALM I.]
-
-Well done, Peter Schoeffer! we cannot sufficiently admire thy taste,
-patience, and perseverance. What an infinite deal of labor and pains
-it cost thee to design and engrave hundreds of these illuminated
-letters for the Bible! Besides, there was the general superintendence
-of type-cutting; for every letter was drafted by the same hand. We
-are puzzled to think where you acquired your skill. It is said that
-you were famously started under the fostering care of Father Melchoir,
-himself a good copyist, and then improved your style by two years’
-application at the University of Paris. And all this that the Bible
-may be fittingly printed! Little did you think when a student at the
-Cathedral of Strasbourg, for what you were studying. Neither did it
-occur to you while your eye was schooled for the conception, and your
-hand for the execution of beauty, at Paris, for what you were preparing.
-
-In due time Martin returned from his mission, bearing a Bible in
-manuscript, in a satchel on his back, and great were the rejoicings and
-congratulations of the firm and their families.
-
-Gutenberg, Faust, and Schoeffer now became more and more absorbed in
-the various divisions of the art of printing, preparatory to setting
-the Bible in type in the best style.
-
-The simple branch of inventing and making ink, for example, cost time
-and patience; many experiments being tried before the right combination
-was found. Common writing ink would not answer, being so liquid as
-to deface the paper with blots. Finally, a mixture of linseed oil
-and lamp-black or soot was tried, and found to possess the right
-consistence. They succeeded so well in compounding it that, as one has
-said, “their works show a depth and richness of color which excites
-the envy of the moderns; nor has it turned brown, or rendered the
-surrounding paper in the least degree dingy.” It was applied to the
-type by dabbers. These were balls of skin stuffed with wool, precisely
-like those used forty years ago. The types were disposed in cases much
-as they are now.
-
-The firm was getting on finely, having prepared several hundred pounds’
-weight of type for the Bible, when Schoeffer, getting weary of this
-monotonous cutting, “and being ardently desirous to improve the art,”
-bethought him of trying to invent a simpler and speedier method of
-preparing type.
-
-It is interesting to follow this scribe, belonging to an ancient and
-honorable craft, as he helped pull it down to build up one infinitely
-better. It was like taking down a cottage from a goodly site, to make
-room for a Crystal Palace that would last through all time. Not that
-Schoeffer was alone in this enterprise; he simply aided others. He may
-have suggested the new device of casting type, and indeed some go as
-far as to give him the entire credit of the conception and execution of
-this process. He had taste, culture, and adaptation to circumstances;
-Gutenberg was ingenious, and Faust wealthy; and there was every motive
-to arouse Schoeffer’s mind to activity. Says a discriminating English
-writer, “It seems most probable that where three ingenious men are
-bound together by art and interest, no one of them can lay exclusive
-claim to any invention or undertaking executed in the work-shops and for
-mutual benefit. Allowing, therefore, to Schoeffer the honor of having
-hinted the plan, the other two may fairly put in a claim for their
-portion of the credit on the score of their assistance, especially
-since Gutenberg and Faust, being mechanics, would have engaged and
-directed the workmen.”
-
-Evidently at the suggestion of Schoeffer, the firm began to take casts
-of type in moulds of plaster. This improvement on the old method was
-really a great step onward, although the process of casting was slow
-and tedious. A new mould was required for each letter; and let the
-workman be ever so vigilant, no care could enable him to impress fully
-and steadily into a soft substance so small a thing as a type is at the
-face, while yet so long in the shank; accordingly, when he succeeded
-well in his attempt, after the casting, there was a process of
-finishing, to give it the well-defined sharpness absolutely necessary
-in type. This improvement therefore was rather unsatisfactory, and led
-to much consultation of the printers how they could carry it still
-further. And here Peter Schoeffer’s practical talent appeared; for “it
-was he who first planned the cutting of punches, whereby not only might
-the most beautiful form of type the taste and skill of the artist
-could suggest, be fairly stamped upon the matrix, but a degree of
-finish quite unattainable in type cut in metal or wood could be given
-to the face; whilst to the shank, by the very same process by which the
-face was cast, the mould would give perfect sharpness and precision of
-angle.”
-
-History relates that Peter Schoeffer privately cut matrices for the
-whole alphabet, and showed the letters cast from them to Gutenberg and
-Faust.
-
-“Are these letters cast in moulds?” asked the latter, in great
-astonishment.
-
-“They are,” replied Schoeffer.
-
-“Mirabile! this surpasses all!” exclaimed he. “Why, you are showing
-yourself a great genius, I must acknowledge. How old are you?”
-
-“Twenty-eight!” replied Peter.
-
-“I seldom flatter, but you are a young man of promise; and I predict
-that you will make your mark in the world! I suppose you think that is
-slight praise, for a practiced scribe ought to be able to write his
-name in gold letters,--making his mark is said of those who can only
-make a mark for their name;” and Faust laughed at his own wit. “But you
-know what I mean. In my opinion, you will yet come to distinction!”
-
-But how shall we describe the emotions of those first printers, those
-cool yet enthusiastic men, as they beheld the first printed page
-of the Bible! The press worked admirably; the type was uniform and
-elegant; and the expression given on the vellum, unequaled in beauty.
-At sight of it a glow of honest pride filled each heart; and how could
-the most undevout repress emotions of praise to God?
-
-We have a glimpse of the little company in the frontispiece, taken from
-an old painting. This was in the spring of 1450, a year memorable as
-commencing the issue of the famous Mazarine Bible. But with all the
-toil and diligence bestowed upon it, it was not completed until five
-years after, in 1455.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XVI.
-
- Faust’s Discontent.--Conspiracy against Gutenberg.--A Secret
- kept.--The Lawsuit.--Gutenberg supplanted.--A New Firm.--
- Gutenberg’s Sorrow.
-
-
-It was now in the early part of October, 1455; and of late, Faust, to
-whom history gives the title of Doctor, had become dissatisfied with
-Gutenberg, on the ground that returns did not come in fast enough for
-the money invested. The Bible had been issued, it is true; but as it
-had been at great expense, and its sale was small, his enthusiasm in
-regard to it declined; and although once so warm a friend and patron
-of Gutenberg, he grew cold-hearted and scheming. He was, however,
-increasingly cordial to Peter Schoeffer, and one day invited him to
-supper. Flattered by the attention, Peter appeared promptly at the
-rooms of the Doctor, his toilet made with unusual care. It was in
-the early evening, and a fire was being kindled in the large room
-into which Peter was ushered. Madam Faust, an invalid, sat in her
-arm-chair wrapped in a shawl, to shield her from the chilliness, as
-a driving rain was pelting without. Christiane, the daughter, a young
-lady of twenty-five,--and Peter thought he never saw her look more
-beautiful,--cordially greeted him, and placed a seat for him.
-
-“Good-evening, master!” said Faust urbanely, rising and shaking his
-hand. “Sit nearer the fire, master; the room will be warm soon.”
-
-In the course of the conversation which followed, Faust said,
-“Gutenberg gaineth little in inventing. According to my thinking, he
-cannot be named the same day with yourself, Peter. You devised the ink,
-the forms for casting type, and the mixture of metals; and these are
-nearly all that has been invented. I regret to say it, but it would be
-a good thing for the firm if Gutenberg would even retire, so great is
-his extravagance. Why, he expended 4,000 florins before the Bible was
-half done! How he can ever pay me for the sums I let him have, I do not
-comprehend.”
-
-“Economy is certainly useful,” observed Peter in a general way.
-
-“A just and sensible remark,” replied Faust. “Your printer’s ink shows
-that you mean what you say; it is admirable, it is so cheap.”
-
-“I am glad you think so, master,” replied Peter, glancing with a proud
-flush at Christiane.
-
-“I often say to my wife and daughter,” continued Faust, “that if
-justice were done, you would be the acknowledged inventor, since you
-are continually making improvements, while he invents nothing, so to
-speak. Moreover, he is extravagant, and the business will be ridden to
-death with debt.”
-
-Peter was more than gratified that his efforts were appreciated by the
-Doctor; but he revered Gutenberg, and was shocked at the proposal to
-eject him from the business, and he ventured to say,--
-
-“I owe much to Master Gutenberg.”
-
-“True,” replied Faust; “but if you were not dependent, you would
-acquire more in one week by your unfailing genius than he could impart
-in a year. The faculty to contrive and discover is in you; and if we
-were once rid of him, a great revenue would accrue. In due time you
-would be rich and renowned.”
-
-The fire burned briskly, throwing out a genial warmth; the watch-dog
-basked on his mat, opening and shutting his eyes in calm content; Madam
-Faust’s delicate face became pink in the ruddy glow; Christiane’s
-cheeks were abloom; the kettle sang from its long hook on the crane; a
-servant glided softly around as she laid the table. Peter fell into a
-dreamy abstraction.
-
-“If I could even do it honorably,” he murmured half unconsciously.
-
-“Honorably! certainly thou canst,” emphatically returned Faust. “Dost
-thou think I would counsel thee to do that which would be otherwise?
-Business is business, and one must look out first for one’s self. Thou
-mayest have qualms of diffidence in severing the old tie, having served
-so faithfully under him; but we will be answerable for the change: we
-will see that he retires from the firm, and thou shalt not be blamed.
-Agreeing to this, I will insure thee the use of my money to the extent
-of my means.”
-
-“Wife, I hope you have something palatable for Master Schoeffer,” said
-Faust, as all were seated by the table, and he helped his guest. Then,
-returning to the subject of their conversation,--
-
-“Aye, leave me alone in disposing of this matter. I’ve a little case
-in law, which, for my brother’s sake, I shall set afoot. Gutenberg
-is culpably careless of money. It is shocking to see one thus making
-shipwreck of conscience. Of the 2,020 florins which I lent him, he has
-not returned one obolus. He has not even paid the interest.”
-
-“He has not!” exclaimed Peter. “What can he be thinking of?”
-
-“Of himself,” replied Faust. “As long as he has money, what cares he
-who goes without? I can only do business in a business way; and I shall
-immediately call him to account; and, Master Schoeffer, our firm shall
-be established on a firm basis.”
-
-Poor Peter was too well pleased with Faust’s flatteries, and, yielding
-to the stronger will of his host, had listened to adroit insinuations
-against Gutenberg until his heart grew hard. The Doctor was quick at
-reading character, and knew how to turn Peter’s interest in Christiane
-to account, and, when his guest rose to leave, said,--
-
-“But, Master Schoeffer, you are by far too industrious. You are worn
-with work, and need relaxation. You ought at least to devote these
-magnificent moonlight evenings to recreation. My boat is always at your
-service, and here’s Christiane--if you cannot find better company--give
-her an airing on our beautiful river.”
-
-Schoeffer had often raised his eyes from his work to glance at the
-lovely vision of Christiane, as she flitted by on her morning rambles;
-but, proud and retiring, had felt the pecuniary distance there was
-between her father and himself; and though he sometimes fancied she
-was not indifferent to his admiration, they had not until that evening
-spoken together. It seemed like a dream; for now in her presence her
-father had lavished attentions upon him, and predicted for him fame and
-fortune.
-
-The next morning, Gutenberg, in order to urge on the work, early toiled
-at the press-work of the Bible; for so slow and laborious was the
-process that comparatively few copies were completed.
-
-“Good-morning, Peter,” said he, unsuspicious of evil, as Schoeffer
-entered, and a workman took his place at the press. “You have not told
-me by what proportion of metals you have secured the requisite strength
-and softness of type.”
-
-“Excuse me, Master,” replied Peter with half averted face, “let me keep
-that little secret. I may have to try again.” Gutenberg was grieved by
-the answer as only a noble and sensitive mind can be by the slights of
-one who has been nourished like a child. He resumed his work, while
-the foreboding of the approaching storm fell on his spirit like a dark
-shadow.
-
-Peter felt ill at ease; and a consciousness of the despicable part he
-was playing, at times brought the mantling blush of shame to his cheek;
-but he hardened himself against conviction, by magnifying his own
-improvements and dreaming of future greatness. Besides, he had really
-been prejudiced by Faust against Gutenberg, and his mind was much
-occupied with the image of the amiable and charming Christiane; and he
-feared to offend the father lest he might not win the daughter.
-
-“When do you propose to pay me?” abruptly asked John Faust of Gutenberg
-some days later.
-
-“Pay you!” ejaculated the other in great surprise, “I am not aware that
-I owe you anything!”
-
-“Not aware of it!” angrily retorted the Doctor. “Not aware of the 2,020
-florins and other large sums I lent you! I will give you thirty days
-in which to pay the debt; and if then you fail to do so, I shall take
-measures to collect it!”
-
-“Hard conditions truly, even supposing I owed you! But the sums you
-mention were used for our common benefit, and we are in the midst of
-our first edition of the Bible. I have no way of raising money save
-from its sale, which it will take months to effect.”
-
-“That is not to the point,” replied Faust. “I want the money, and the
-money I must have. My brother James advanced it.”
-
-“But how am I to procure it? Would you ruin me?”
-
-“Am I to devise means for you to pay your debts to me?” was the
-heartless rejoinder. “The money I must have; and if you are an honest
-man, you will pay it: understand me!” and Faust abruptly left. As he
-had entered, Peter was missing, and did not soon return. Gutenberg
-had only Martin and Hanau with him, and was too much overcome to
-speak. Was it for this that he had climbed almost to the pinnacle of
-his hopes? Martin was full of sympathy, and even Hanau’s vacillating
-heart was touched. Gutenberg saw that Faust and Schoeffer were leagued
-against him. The barbed iron had pierced his roul. Press-work and
-proof-reading were not to be thought of. He sought his room in the
-lethargy of despair. The prospect that the printing of the glorious
-Bible would be arrested, the fear that his beloved art would be torn
-from him, appalled him. Days passed, the darkness of affliction
-continued unbroken. Anna feared that he would sink under his load. True
-wife that she was, she intuitively understood, soothed, and offered
-him the comforts of faith and trust, and bore his burdens like a very
-heroine. She was his ministering angel, and at length he emerged from
-his gloom in a measure and returned to the printing rooms, still
-oppressed with the thought that he had been cruelly wounded in the
-house of his friends.
-
-Punctual to the day the Doctor appeared, accompanied by his brother,
-James Faust; the former having of late partly resumed goldsmithing,
-although still a member of the firm.
-
-“The month has expired, and I have come for the money!” said Faust.
-
-“I have not been able to raise it,” replied Gutenberg.
-
-“But it is high time that it was paid,” said John Faust. “It is nearly
-five years since it was borrowed. You promised that we should make our
-fortunes long before this.”
-
-“I did not name the time of paying any sum,” returned the inventor,
-“nor did I borrow the money, but it was put into the firm for our
-mutual advantage. You were, moreover, to pay me eight hundred florins
-for my personal use, in consideration of my teaching you the secrets
-of my art. This was not paid me, but was put into the funds of the
-association for our joint benefit.”
-
-“It was borrowed money, every florin!” cried Faust, “and you are holden
-for it. If no time was specified for payment, on demand is of course
-understood.”
-
-“As to the other sums,” continued Gutenberg, “I can give you an exact
-account of them; but I am not liable for the interest, since you had an
-equivalent for my use of the money, and indeed appropriated it equally
-with myself.”
-
-“There is a way of settling that point,” significantly remarked James
-Faust, as the two took leave; and shortly he instituted a process of
-law, and procured from the notary public the following document:--
-
-“To the glory of God, Amen. Be it known to all those who see or read
-this instrument, that in the year of our Lord 1455, third indiction,
-Thursday, 6th day of November, the first year of the Pontificate of
-our very Holy Father the Pope Calixtus III., approved here at Mayence,
-in the great parlor of the Barefooted Friars, between 11 o’clock and
-midday, before me, the notary, and the undersigned witnesses, the
-honorable and discreet person James Faust, citizen of Mayence, who
-in the name of his brother, John Faust, also present, has said and
-declared clearly that on this said day at the present hour, and in the
-same parlor of the Barefooted Friars, John Gutenberg should see and
-hear taken by John Faust an oath conformably to a sentence pronounced
-between them. And this sentence read in the presence of the Honorable
-Henry Gunter, Curé of St. Christopher’s of Mayence, of Henry Keffler,
-and De Becktoff de Hanau, servant and valet of the said Gutenberg:
-John Faust, placing his hand upon the Holy Evangelists, has sworn
-between the hands of me, the notary public, comformable to the sentence
-pronounced, and has taken the following oath, word for word: ‘I, John
-Faust, have borrowed 1,550 florins, which I have transmitted to John
-Gutenberg, which have been employed for our common labor, and of which
-I have paid the rent and annual interest, of which I still owe a part.
-Reckoning therefore for each hundred florins borrowed, six florins per
-annum, I demand of him the repayment, and the interest, conformably to
-the sentence pronounced, which I will prove in equity to be legal, in
-consequence of my claim upon the said John Gutenberg.’ In presence of
-the Honorable H. Gunter, of Henry Keffler, and of Becktoff de Hanau
-aforesaid, John Faust has demanded of me an authentic instrument to
-serve him as much and as often as he hath need, and in the faith of
-which I have signed this instrument, and have set thereto my seal.”
-
-The law took its course. The inexorable judges made no allowance for
-the peculiar circumstances of the case, but gave judgment against
-Gutenberg, awarding that he should pay to Faust whatever he had
-borrowed, with interest. This decision was made November 1455. As
-Gutenberg had no means of paying the sums demanded, Faust took
-possession of his presses, type, printing materials, and the copies of
-the Bible, finished and unfinished.
-
-Gutenberg had been sustained, during the sitting of the court in the
-parlor of the Barefoot Friars, by the suspense and excitement of the
-scene. He had hoped for justice, or at least for a more favorable
-decision; but instead of that, everything was taken from him. Reaching
-home, he knew not how, after long wandering in unfrequented places, he
-threw himself upon his couch, and made no reply to the affectionate
-inquiries of Anna. She knew that the cause had gone against him, and
-that he was in the extremity of trouble. As he gave way to his trial,
-although herself in deep grief, her heart somehow grew stronger. There
-had been a marked change in her since residing at the Zum Jungen. As
-she realized that good would result from her husband’s inventions, she
-strove to encourage him in his devotion to his art. In his despair,
-she was buoyed up by hope. For long hours he seemed scarcely to notice
-her gentle presence. She did not disturb him with words; but as the
-hours stole by, and his grief was heavy on him, she drew the curtains
-till the room was in the hush of twilight, hoping that balmy sleep
-would overtake him; then, sitting by his side, she prayed earnestly,
-silently, for him. When he awoke after a refreshing sleep, he was more
-like himself.
-
-“Dost thou know, my Anna,” he calmly said, “that Faust has laid claim
-to everything, including my presses, _stucke_, and the printed pages of
-the Holy Bible now ready to be bound?”
-
-“Can it be possible?” ejaculated Anna in dismay.
-
-“And I am worse than penniless,” he added. “My noble art is at an
-end. That which I most feared has come upon me. Others have stolen my
-invention and I have nothing left.”
-
-“But we are taught by our holy religion,” she quickly responded,
-brushing away her tears, “that it is good to trust in the Lord in times
-of trouble, and if we have faith in him, he will deliver us.”
-
-Yet sorely was the inventor tried; and month after month, the weary
-time crept on, Gutenberg and Anna in poverty and affliction.
-
-Meanwhile Faust, having taken possession of everything that could be
-called Gutenberg’s, organized a new company by associating Schoeffer
-and others with himself, and finished binding the remaining copies of
-the Bible as rapidly as possible. As Faust and Schoeffer examined it
-anew, they were filled with admiration.
-
-“This book will bring handsome returns, Peter,” said the former, “if we
-manage wisely. My brother is of opinion that I can sell fifty copies in
-Paris alone!”
-
-“A happy suggestion!” was the reply.
-
-“And I must go at once,” said Faust; and, with characteristic energy,
-he commenced making preparations for the journey. As a sufficient
-number of Bibles were ready for the present demand, Schoeffer and
-the journeymen were to employ themselves in issuing “Litterariæ
-Indulgentiæ,” a one page work much prized by the monks.
-
-Schoeffer had now been married to Faust’s daughter for some months, and
-was an honored member of the firm. But although his worldly prospects
-were fair, yet he was less happy than he had imagined, and the memory
-of his old master’s kindness often brought penitent tears to his eyes.
-He longed to see him, as formerly, the ruling spirit in the printing
-rooms, but had not moral courage and decision of purpose enough to say
-this in the presence of Faust. Besides, he still wished to appropriate
-riches and fame to himself. So he persisted in the wrong, salving his
-conscience with the promise that he would at some time do right by
-Gutenberg.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XVII.
-
- The Story of Faust’s Visit to Paris.--Was it Witchcraft?--Popular
- Excitement.--Scene in a Court Room.--Issue of the Psalter.
-
-
-One balmy morning in the spring of 1456, Faust, with a stock of
-beautifully bound Bibles, started for Paris, some four hundred miles
-distant. Sailing down the Rhine to Strasbourg, he then travelled by the
-public road over mountains and across the country nearly west to the
-French metropolis, then a long and toilsome journey.
-
-On his arrival, he engaged a shop on the Rue St. George, where he could
-safely store his treasures.
-
-Hastening to call upon the King, he made known his errand and offered
-him a copy of the Bible for seven hundred and fifty crowns!
-
-As the King examined it, he was delighted with the regular and
-beautiful writing.
-
-“It is true,” said he, “that the scribes ask only five and six hundred
-crowns for a copy of their Bible, but I have never seen anything equal
-to this! I will gladly pay thee thy price, and consider it a rare
-bargain.”
-
-Faust next sought out the Archbishop.
-
-“My lord,” he said, taking the large package from the porter who
-accompanied him, and unrolling it from its folds of vellum, “I have
-brought thee a Bible executed with great care and finish. Permit me to
-call thy attention to it.”
-
-“It is very finely executed,” observed the Archbishop as he turned its
-leaves. “What is your price?”
-
-“Only three hundred crowns!” answered Faust.
-
-“I will willingly pay that,” replied the Archbishop. “It is seldom that
-we can obtain a work made in this style, and so cheap. I am familiar
-with the copyists of monasteries, but have never met the monk that
-carried so even a hand!”
-
-Making no explanations, Faust took the money, and returned to his
-lodgings on St. George’s Street, where in a few days he privately sold
-some half-dozen more copies. Citizens now began to gather to admire the
-wonderful book.
-
-At first he only exhibited one at a time, and the impression went
-abroad that the books were very scarce; hence people were more
-anxious to buy, and readily paid the fifty crowns which he asked lay
-purchasers.
-
-For a time each one who bought a Bible thought himself especially
-favored, supposing that his was the only copy of the kind to be
-found. As a writer has said, “The beauty of the work, the elegance
-of the flower-pieces, and the variety of the finest colors which
-were intermixed with gold and silver, led many persons to show their
-purchases to their friends, each one thinking, as he produced his, that
-the whole world could not contain such another.”
-
-As for the Archbishop, he was so elated with his copy, that he could
-not rest until he had carried it to the King, who, greatly surprised,
-in return showed his own. On comparing them, they noticed that the
-ornaments were not exactly the same. They were not gilded precisely
-alike, and the initial letters were painted differently. But in other
-respects, the part which they supposed written, the number of pages,
-lines, and letters were the same; and they began to surmise that those
-Bibles were made in some new way. No man could have copied them both,
-and made them so entirely similar. Besides, to write out two such
-Bibles would have exceeded the work of a man’s life; and the materials
-on which he wrote would wax old with age meanwhile, but these were
-new and fresh. The King and the Archbishop were sorely puzzled; and
-rumor was not long in bringing to their ears that Faust had sold quite
-a number, some at fifty crowns, some at twelve, and others still as
-low as six pounds, while the supply continued equal to the demand. All
-Paris was agitated.
-
-“What can this mean?” said the King.
-
-“What can this mean?” echoed the Archbishop.
-
-“These books were made by no earthly power!” exclaimed an ecclesiastic.
-
-“The Evil One had a hand in it!” cried the ever-at-hand courtiers.
-
-And although the Bibles were beautiful, costly, and desirable, these
-good people deemed it necessary to put an immediate stop to their
-further sale. Much as they prized them, they could not encourage
-collusion with the powers of darkness. In the midst of this excitement
-two professors of the University of Paris, as Neiritz informs us, came
-in and purchased a Bible. A servant bore it after them as they left the
-shop.
-
-“Antoine,” exclaimed one of them to the other, “it is a wonder to me
-how the German Doctor can afford to sell this Bible for six pounds!
-Who ever saw such beautiful writing? It is so uniform, I cannot cease
-admiring the book. Andre, bring it hither!” and as the servant brought
-it forward, and it was again opened, a circle gathered to examine it.
-
-“How very beautiful!” exclaimed Professor Antoine, “it scarcely could
-be done by mortal hands.”
-
-“The thing is not possible!” said the brother professor.
-
-“It is done by the famous black art!” affirmed a voice in the crowd.
-
-“Yes, look at those black pot-hooks and hangers!” exclaimed another.
-
-“Father Clement says it is the work of magic and witchcraft!” said a
-third.
-
-“The German Doctor has made a bargain with the Evil One, being taught
-the black art as an offset for going to perdition.”
-
-“Well, Antoine,” remarked the first professor, mirthfully, “if magic
-and witchcraft can make Bibles in this style, keep them at it early
-and late, and get out of them all the good you can. Besides, a house
-divided against itself cannot stand.”
-
-But people generally took the matter more to heart than did the genial
-professor, and, as they chatted about it and thought it over, were more
-and more satisfied that other than mortal hands had fabricated the
-Bibles.
-
-“Only to think of it, so many copies just alike, and made so rapidly!
-And the more you take away from the shop, the more there are for sale!
-Parisians are as quick-fingered as any other nation, but not one of our
-fleetest scribes can write in this way; neither can any man do it!”
-
-So the mob searched Faust’s lodgings, or the shop on Rue St. George,
-and seized a great number of Bibles. “Behold,” said they when they saw
-the red ink with which they were embellished, “this is his blood!”
-
-The city authorities were at once apprised that he was a magician!
-And accordingly orders were given to apprehend Dr. Faust for being in
-league with Satan, and for dealing in the black art.
-
-“What have I done?” asked Dr. Faust, as the police officers appeared in
-his shop to take him.
-
-“Only a small thing truly!” ironically replied one of them; “this
-indictment says that you turn off books by witchcraft.”
-
-“Never!” exclaimed Faust; “I have made them in an honest way!”
-
-But the officers shrugged their shoulders, and took him along.
-
-Faust was in trouble. If he confessed the truth, others would seize his
-art and profits; and if he did not, his life might be sacrificed. While
-he was revolving the matter, he was thrust into prison.
-
-For once he was at his wit’s end, and almost paralyzed by the turn
-affairs had taken. What! he, the man of wealth and the patron of
-printing, in prison, classed with felons! It seemed to him like a
-horrible nightmare, only the chilliness of the cell and the damp straw
-brought on his old rheumatism, reminding him too well that it was all
-reality.
-
-“I shall die here!” he groaned, as he sleeplessly tossed on the straw;
-“I must reveal the secret, and save my life!” Never was a more restless
-prisoner. Sleep! he would as soon think of it on a plank in the open
-sea. In the morning the court set, and Faust was brought to the bar.
-
-[Illustration: SPECIMEN OF PSALTER, PSALM I.]
-
-Bibles were produced and compared, witnesses were not wanting, and the
-case was strong against him, when he was called on for his defense.
-Perfectly calm, and self-possessed he thus addressed the judge:--
-
-“May it please your Honor: It is not the black art that I practice,
-but the art of printing. This newly discovered art was first devised
-by John Gutenberg of Mayence, and afterwards more fully improved by
-his journeyman, Peter Schoeffer, and myself. I can in a short time so
-describe the process to you that you may yourself set type and print.
-We employ young men to help in the work, and there is no more black art
-in it than there is in planting a garden. Think you the Evil One would
-lend his aid to the work of multiplying copies of a book that describes
-him and his wiles, warning men against him and predicting his doom!
-Nay, your Honor, the thing is absurd. We Germans lead the way in this
-matter of printing books,--begging your Honor’s pardon, while I say
-it,--but it will not be long before printing machines will be common in
-Paris.”
-
-Such was Faust’s defence, which so wrought upon the lively crowd that
-they were enthusiastic in their cries of “_Vive le Docteur! vive le
-Docteur!_” The magistrates eagerly withdrew the charges against him;
-and the sequel was that some of the nobility of Paris made him a
-magnificent pecuniary reward.
-
-When Faust returned from Paris, he prosecuted the business of printing
-with renewed energy. He could well do this, as his enterprise had been
-very remunerative. Besides issuing the “Litterariæ Indulgentiæ,” he
-urged on the completion of the Psalter, an elaborate work which had
-been in press two years and a half, before the lawsuit overtook the
-firm. As it was not published until August, 1457, it was four years
-in being brought to perfection. It bore the colophon of Faust and
-Schoeffer, and was the first book that had the name of the place where
-it was printed, the name of its printers, and the year when it was
-printed.
-
-That this elegant book was partly the work of Gutenberg, is evident
-from the fact that it was four years in being published, and was issued
-only eighteen months after the partnership was dissolved.
-
-It was printed in large cut type, with illuminated initials; and as
-it is impossible that Gutenberg’s works could have been undone, a new
-fount prepared, and so splendid a book printed, in so short a time,
-it is plain that this was the identical Psalter on which the labor of
-two years and a half had been expended, before Faust sued Gutenberg.
-It was the latter who proposed to bring it out, and who superintended
-the construction of the type and ornaments. The superb initial letters,
-of which the initial B in this volume is a specimen, were projected
-and criticised by Gutenberg. It is true that Schoeffer’s practiced
-hand executed them, but the original idea was suggested by the leading
-spirit of the company.
-
-Yet this Psalter appeared in 1457 with the colophon or monogram of
-Faust and Schoeffer.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-This was a device indicating something respecting the authors or
-proprietors of a volume, and, in this case, was composed of two _ecus_,
-or shields, which were taken from the armorial bearings of their
-families. As Gutenberg was of the nobility, some have affirmed that the
-monogram alluded to was his device, and adopted by the three partners
-before they separated; if otherwise, and it simply referred to Faust
-and Schoeffer, these partners did an act of great injustice in omitting
-his name from the colophon or conclusion of the Psalter.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XVIII.
-
- New Friends.--The Nun.--Gutenberg at Work again.--Printing of the
- “Balbus de Janua.”--Other Works.--A Curious Record.--Death of the
- Great Inventor.--Fadeless Laurels.
-
-
-Was the art for which Gutenberg had toiled all his life, forever to
-be torn from him, and his rivals alone garner the fruits? In his
-despondency Anna was hopeful. She would often say to him,--
-
-“There will be a way of deliverance. Thou has wintered with misfortunes
-ere this, and camest forth unharmed; and now, even if everything is
-taken, God can change the hearts of those who have wronged thee, and
-incline others to enlist in thy behalf.”
-
-“Those are noble sentiments,” Gutenberg would reply; “and if all things
-else are adverse, my Anna is true, and gives me good counsel.”
-
-Genuine faith is never unrewarded; and as if to encourage Anna, about
-this time Friele Gutenberg, having returned from Venice, where he had
-spent some years, visited his brother at the Zum Jungen. Gutenberg told
-him the story of his art, and how, when he had nearly completed the
-Bible, he was overwhelmed by a lawsuit, being unjustly required to pay
-money to Faust before he could raise anything from the sales.
-
-Friele was shocked at the recital; and at his request Gutenberg
-conducted him to the printing rooms, and showed him copies of the Bible.
-
-“Why,” exclaimed Friele, “this is indeed wonderful! It is the most
-beautiful book I ever beheld. And is the issuing of it entirely taken
-out of thy hands, my brother?”
-
-“It is even so,” was the reply. “I have been constrained to retire from
-the firm, and have no means to prosecute the art which has been the
-study of my life.”
-
-“But yours is a success,” said Friele. “You ought to be encouraged. I
-will aid you to the extent of my ability, and influence my friends to
-do something for you. There is also something due you from our father’s
-estate, which will soon be settled; and this, with other sums, will
-establish you in business under favorable auspices.”
-
-This was so unexpected that Gutenberg, overcome, could only press his
-brother’s hand in grateful silence.
-
-Friele’s sympathies were indeed earnestly enlisted in his brother’s
-cause. The injustice and ingratitude of Faust and Schoeffer stirred
-his indignation, and he resolved that the true inventor should
-again engage in his chosen vocation. He soon sought out his sister
-Hebele, who, although a nun in the St. Claire Convent, was not wholly
-inaccessible to her brothers. She retained her old affection for her
-favorite John, and, on hearing Friele’s rehearsal of his successful
-invention and subsequent losses, voluntarily offered to loan him the
-sixty florins which was soon to be paid her from the estate of her
-father.
-
-“My noble Hebele!” exclaimed Friele enthusiastically, “that is so like
-thyself! How it will encourage John! I will do as much on my part, and
-I doubt not we shall soon have the gratification of again seeing him
-prosperously printing.”
-
-Friele was a man of standing and influence in the city, and lost no
-time in conferring with his friend, Conrad Humery, Syndic of Mentz.
-This good dignitary became so deeply interested in Friele’s accounts
-of his brother John’s struggles, triumphs, and wrongs, that he begged
-at once to be introduced to him. Friele accordingly accompanied him to
-the Zum Jungen, where they found John Gutenberg in a back room, busy
-polishing gems, and Anna diligent at her embroidery frame.
-
-The Syndic was past middle age, affable and easy, the goodness of his
-heart beaming in his expressive eye and fine countenance. Gutenberg
-felt acquainted with him almost intuitively, and, in answer to his
-kind inquiries, briefly related the history of his long experiments and
-checkered experiences.
-
-“That last lawsuit was most scandalous!” said the Syndic; “such a thing
-ought not to be tolerated in Mentz! Would that I had known of thy trial
-at the time; I doubt not the case might have been adjudged differently.
-I will, however, do what I can for thee.”
-
-He was as good as his word. Fully appreciating Gutenberg’s estimable
-qualities, he even offered to lend him money, again to commence in
-business, and would, if desired, become a silent partner.
-
-This was most welcome to Gutenberg, and he cordially accepted his
-generous proposals.
-
-At Friele’s suggestion, he lost no time in removing into the mansion
-formerly occupied by his father, where his brother now lived. It was
-a fine old edifice, roomy, baronial, and substantial, dating back
-hundreds of years. It was in no sense inferior to the Zum Jungen; and
-the inventor had a comfortable suite of family apartments, as well as
-convenient printing rooms.
-
-Previous to his removal, as he was making preparations to leave, Dr.
-Faust called on him, and, extending his hand, said,--
-
-“I owe you many apologies, master, for my unjust treatment in the
-matter of the lawsuit. It costs me an effort to admit this; but I feel
-that I have injured you, and must seek to make amends. I have been to
-Paris, engaged in the sale of Bibles, and have seen your connection
-with the art of printing as never before. Success has softened and
-removed my prejudices; and I shall have no peace of mind until you
-pardon me, and take your place in the firm.”
-
-Gutenberg was both surprised and indignant. He had been foully wronged
-by Faust and Schoeffer, and it seemed like adding insult to injury
-for them so late in the day to make amends by bald apologies. He had
-been too much hurt by their unkindness to think of resuming his former
-position as partner.
-
-“Moreover,” urged Friele, to whom he confided the matter, “you cannot
-think of accepting merely nominal concessions. They do not frankly
-confess how cruelly they have wronged you. And were you to join the
-firm again without as public a confession as the insult they gave you,
-you would be wanting in self-respect. And what guarantee can you have
-that they will not treat you ill a second time? I counsel you to remove
-to the homestead, where you can have ample facilities for prosecuting
-your chosen employment.”
-
-We can only conjecture the motives which influenced Faust in his
-apologies to Gutenberg. Perhaps, now that his pecuniary trial was over,
-he felt sincerely to regret the separation from the distinguished man
-who he must fain acknowledge was the originator of the art which had
-brought fame and money to himself and partner. Or it may be that he
-dreaded his influence as a rival.
-
-Waiving Faust’s proposal, Gutenberg hastened to establish himself in
-the mansion of his ancestors.
-
-In resuming printing, he found much delay from the necessity of
-making everything anew. He had irrecoverably lost the labor of years.
-He must construct more presses, another set of punches, and new
-type. The presses were manufactured in as good style as those he had
-relinquished; but sadly he missed the nice execution of Schoeffer in
-getting up the punches and type.
-
-He was, it is true, aided by two of his old office workmen,--Martin
-and Hanau; but his _stucke_ was nevertheless inferior in finish to
-that which Schoeffer devised. He would not, however, relinquish his
-enterprise on that account, but proceeded to print the “Balbus de
-Janua.”
-
-“Why not print more Bibles?” asked Martin Duttlinger in 1457, after
-they had issued the “Balbus de Janua.”
-
-“My Bibles are being printed by others!” replied the inventor, sadly.
-“This care is taken from me; but I have the satisfaction of knowing
-that it will be done as I planned it. I selected the vellum. How many
-journeys I made to the manufacturer to insure a good article! How I
-criticised and experimented with it until I succeeded in getting a
-smooth, fine texture! The ink, too, what a labor it cost me! And the
-regularity of setting up the page,--it was long before we attained it.
-The cutting of the type occupied us a long time until we found the
-method of casting it; and now, with the help of punches, we can make
-the same elegant type. Why should I seek to issue another edition of
-the Bible, when my own is publishing? I cannot compete as a salesman
-with Faust; and the present Bible which is printing is as really my own
-as another could be.”
-
-“But will you not at least publish a Psalter?”
-
-“Not at present,” replied Gutenberg; “this which Faust and Schoeffer
-are issuing has been in press four years. When they thrust me from
-the firm, the type was in readiness, and a portion of it was set up.
-Two years and a half we had lavished skill and money upon it. This
-also I must consider mainly my own, as I planned to issue it, and
-superintended the work. Others reap my harvest; but they cannot destroy
-the peace and satisfaction I enjoy in the consciousness of having been
-the instrument of doing good.” Thus did the truly great man put by all
-selfish considerations.
-
-However, he continued to print various other works, among which were
-the “Donatus,” the “Catholicon,” “Speculum Sacerdotum,” “Celebratio
-Missarum,” and others.
-
-There is on record a curious deed, or grant of property, which gives
-quite an inkling of his affairs in 1459, when his brother Friele was
-associated with him as a successful publisher.
-
-This legal instrument is as follows:--
-
-“We, Henne (John) Gutenberg and Friele Gutenberg, brothers, do affirm
-and publicly declare by these presents, and make known to all, that
-with the advice and consent of our dear cousins, John and Friele and
-Perdiman Gensfleisch, brothers, of Mentz, we have renounced and do
-renounce by these presents, for us and for our heirs, simply, totally,
-and at once, without fraud and deceit, all the property which has
-passed by means of our sister Hebele to the Convent of St. Claire of
-Mentz, in which she has become a nun; whether the said property has
-come to it on the part of our father, Henne Gensfliesch, who gave
-it himself, or in whatever manner the property may have come to it,
-whether in grain, ready money, furniture, jewels, or whatever it may
-be, that the respectable nuns, the abbess and sisters of the said
-convent, have received in common or individually, or other persons of
-the convent, from the said Hebele, be it little or much.... And as to
-the books which I, the said Henne (John), have given to the library
-of the convent, they are to remain there always and forever; and I,
-the said Henne, propose also to give in future to the library of the
-said convent, for the use of the present and future nuns, for their
-religious worship, either for reading or chanting, or in whatever
-manner they may wish to make use of them according to the rules of
-their order, _all_ [that is, copies of _all_] _the books which I, the
-said Henne, have printed up to this hour, or which I shall hereafter
-print, in such quantities as they may wish to make use of_; and for
-this the said abbess, the successors, and nuns of the said Convent of
-St. Claire have declared and promised to acquit me and my heirs of
-the claim which my sister Hebele had to sixty florins which I and my
-brother Friele had promised to pay and deliver to the said Hebele as
-her portion and share arising from the house which Henne (John) our
-father assigned to him for his share, in virtue of the writings which
-were drawn up thereupon, without fraud and deceit. And in order that
-this may be observed by us, and by our heirs, steadfastly and to its
-full extent, we have given the said nuns and their convent and order
-these present writings, sealed with our seals. Signed and delivered the
-year of the birth of J. C. 1459, on the day of St. Margaret.”[4]
-
- [4] Lamartine refers to an act of donating, made by Gutenberg
- to his sister Hebele, nun in the Convent of St. Claire at
- Mentz, by which he put her in possession of the religious
- books _which he had printed at Strasbourg_, and made her
- the promise of sending her successively all those which
- should issue from his press.
-
-Although it is evident from this deed that Gutenberg was at this time
-successfully established in printing again by means of a further
-division of his father’s estate, and by the aid of his friends, yet it
-also appears that his works were not remunerative. Comparatively few
-books were called for,--not only the books, but the market for them,
-had to be made; and this, when we consider the competition of such a
-firm as Faust and Schoeffer, was no light affair. The worthy Syndic
-stood nobly by him, and his friends were kind and appreciative, or
-he had accomplished much less after the breaking up of his favorite
-projects at the Zum Jungen.
-
-But a sad and deeply afflictive event overtook him, which again threw
-his affairs into confusion. This was the sudden death of his beloved
-Anna, who left his side with an angel’s smile and words of triumph for
-the endless life. The unexpected blow completely unnerved him for a
-long time; and even when the healing hand of time soothed the wound,
-he had no heart to go on with an art with which she was so intimately
-associated.
-
-Friele sympathized most deeply in his sorrow, and at length advised a
-change of scene and occupation as antidotes to his grief. Accordingly
-he sold out his printing materials to the Syndic, Conrad Humery, after
-some eight years’ practicing of his art in the new firm.
-
-But he was not allowed to be forsaken in his old age. From letters
-patent, dated January 17, 1465, we learn that he was invited to enter
-the service of the Elector Adolphus of Nassau, as one of his band of
-gentlemen pensioners, with a handsome salary. Thus did he honorably
-retire from the practice of his loved art, secure in the thought
-that although it had cost him much tribulation, yet it was firmly
-established in doing its beneficent mission to the world.
-
-This was three years after the city of Mentz was sacked and plundered
-by Count Adolphus; and while others were broken up in their avocations
-and forced to flee, he was spared from such a fate, and was promoted to
-his own appropriate honorable place in his native city.
-
-Thus peacefully and in useful duties did he go down the vale of life,
-until February 24, 1468, when he quitted this earthly scene, let us
-trust for the happier employments of the better world. His death seems
-like the calm, unclouded setting of the sun, after a tempestuous day.
-
-Some one has said that genius, in its general sense, is universal;
-a possession belonging to all men, in some degree. Its greatest
-achievement is not in a great poem or painting, or any other work
-of art, but in a great life; and the strong heart and stout hands
-are its most miraculous organs. He who, by the majestic dignity of
-his daily walk, gives the beauty of truth to common life, is a great
-genius,--because he illustrates and sets forth, in its noblest form,
-virtue and true worth.
-
-So Gutenberg, after he had done the will of God, and had been led on
-to perfect the most glorious invention under the sun, had need of
-patience. The Heavenly Father would not permit so chosen a son to
-become perverted by unmingled prosperity.
-
-Hence he suffered him to be disappointed, and the patient hero was
-evidently blessed by his trials. He became, if never before, that which
-so few attain, “commander of himself;” and this, according to a wise
-author, is no small triumph. “He that ruleth his spirit is better than
-he that taketh a city.”
-
-Several trying lawsuits diversified the eventful life of Gutenberg.
-They were grievous and harrowing to his sensitive feelings, but
-subserve a good purpose to posterity, giving many well-authenticated
-facts respecting him, which otherwise would have been lost. Little did
-he think, while passing through these fiery ordeals, that he was by
-them really inscribing the deeds of his life on the scroll of fame. We
-moderns, seizing upon each item in the law records as a choice morsel
-of literary history, are prone to forget that they were made at the
-sacrifice of the peace and comfort of the inventor.
-
-Especially was the writ of the notary public, summoning Gutenberg to
-the parlor of the Barefoot Friars, a crushing event. It came when he
-was just on the point of realizing his fondest hopes,--when the Bible
-was printed, and almost ready to be issued from the press. By this
-process of law, he was under the necessity of mortgaging his printing
-materials to Faust; this shows that his large private fortune had been
-previously expended in experiments, and that thus he had fallen into
-the clutches of his more wealthy partner.
-
-Because the great invention failed to bring in money as soon as the
-firm had hoped, Faust must needs take the law on Gutenberg, seizing
-his printing materials, wrought out with so much thought and toil. The
-presses, the plan of which had been for years ripening in his brain,
-and to secure the making of which cost him so much money, were no
-longer his; neither was the type which he invented at such an expense
-of time, effort, and money, nor yet the illuminated letters designed
-under his eye. Yes, the very initial letters used by Gutenberg and his
-firm, in works executed between 1450 and 1455, were also used by Faust
-and Schoeffer in the Psalter of 1457 and 1459. After so much effort
-almost in vain, what wonder if Gutenberg had become disheartened, and
-yielded to despair! Far from that. His indefatigable spirit knew no
-rest; many floods could not quench the fire of his perseverance; he
-started again, laid the foundations, and successfully wrought in new
-printing rooms, his Bible and his Psalter meanwhile being printed by
-other hands.
-
-But there were certain considerations which alleviated the poignancy
-of Gutenberg’s disappointment. He had the consolation of knowing that
-he had designed the enterprise of publishing the Bible, and that
-he had carried it successfully to its termination. And now, with
-the magnanimity of a great soul, he was willing that others should
-circulate it. Besides, he had at times a hope that he should yet
-have justice done him. It was as true then as now that a man may be
-disappointed in his greatest hopes in life, without, on that account,
-becoming unhappy; for, as one has said, “There is no other actual
-misfortune except this only, _not to have God for our friend_.”
-
-And this art of printing, which had been such a trial and triumph, such
-a grief and a joy, was destined to embalm his name and the memory of
-his life infinitely more than if all the conquests of world-renowned
-warriors were his.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XIX.
-
- Faust and Schoeffer’s Success.--More Books issued.--An Eventful
- Year.--Greek Type.--Struck by the Plague.--The Parisians, and
- Faust’s Descendants.--Schoeffer’s Death.--Testimony to
- Gutenberg.--Extension of the Art.--Piety and Chess.--Education
- in the Olden Time.--Unveiling the Statue.
-
-
-To return to Faust and Schoeffer. After the lawsuit, as we have seen,
-they mostly ignored the existence and services of Gutenberg. Soon after
-the memorable separation, Faust went to Paris as before related, the
-sales of Bibles in Germany alone being so limited as to bring in but
-small returns for the money invested. It was evidently necessary to
-take extraordinary measures to meet the emergency. In Faust’s cool,
-business-like view, everything would be lost, unless some speedy and
-marked success was attained. His experiments resulted better even
-than he had anticipated; and returning flush with money, the printing
-rooms soon presented a scene of unwonted activity. The “Litterariæ
-Indulgentiæ,” with which Schoeffer and his journeymen had busied
-themselves during Faust’s absence, was urged through the press and into
-the market.
-
-“What a difference a little money makes!” said Faust, as he saw how
-well the book was selling. “We must hasten to finish the Psalter.”
-
-This was ready for purchasers by August 1457. It was in the highest
-style of the printing art of the age, and could not be excelled. As
-Faust and Schoeffer gazed on its beautiful pages, how could they forget
-the inventor who designed the publishing of the work, and labored with
-them in executing it full thirty long painstaking months! Yet they
-uttered few words of acknowledgment. For two years they were occupied
-in striking off, binding, embellishing, and selling the Psalter, with
-the additional labor of casting a new fount of type. While Schoeffer
-and his assistants were engaged in this absorbing toil, Faust again
-visited Paris to dispose of the Psalter. By this means he replenished,
-once more, the treasury of the firm, and returning about the time the
-new fount was finished, they printed the “Durandi.”
-
-The next year, 1460, the “Constitutiones” appeared, and in 1462 a new
-edition of the Latin Bible. This last was the eventful year in which
-the city of Mentz was taken, sacked, and plundered by the Elector
-Adolphus of Nassau. Such was the confusion and distraction occasioned
-by this unlooked-for event, that almost all business was suspended.
-The journeyman printers, being suddenly thrown out of employment, fled
-panic-stricken to other countries; and considering themselves freed
-from their oath, the great secret of thirty years was spread abroad.
-
-Faust and Schoeffer, left almost alone in their printing rooms,
-effected little for some time. At length Schoeffer’s busy brain hit
-upon something new in printing; and with his usual patience and
-assiduity he fell to casting a fount of Greek type, and in 1465, some
-little time after Gutenberg had retired from his art, issued “Cicero de
-Officiis,” using the new Greek type. On occasion of printing anything
-of special importance, Faust continued to visit Paris, then the chief
-seat of learning; and so great a work as this of Cicero in Greek would
-of course be welcomed with avidity by the professors and students in
-the University. As soon as possible, therefore, he hastened to that
-city, furnished with a good supply of the much-coveted volume. This
-was early in 1466. He was received with enthusiasm; for such had been
-the reputation of the previous works circulated by him in the French
-metropolis, that he had a large circle of admiring patrons and friends.
-But alas for the uncertainty of earthly things! while yet in the midst
-of success and gratulation, he was seized with the plague, and died
-after an illness of a few hours! The Parisians were loud in their
-expressions of grief, and a large concourse gathered at his funeral.
-The learned men and nobility of the city assembled; distinguished
-honors were paid him; and the sequel was, that in commemoration of
-the signal services he had rendered them, they continued a generous
-pecuniary reward to his descendants.
-
-The dreadful shock occasioned by the death of his father-in-law, deeply
-affected Schoeffer. May we not suppose that in his loneliness and
-affliction, he sought a reconciliation with his old master, Gutenberg?
-There is, indeed, evidence that this was the case; and we are permitted
-to infer that the breach was healed, suitable acknowledgments being
-made by Schoeffer, as he plainly saw that the mortgage act which made
-Faust master of Gutenberg’s property, did not include his genius.
-In later years he frankly confessed as much to Trithemius, Abbot of
-Spanheim Monastery, a celebrated scholar and author. Says this writer,
-after mentioning that he had his information from the mouth of Peter
-Schoeffer, the inventor of cast metal types:--
-
-“About this time that wonderful and almost incredible art of printing
-and characterizing books, was thought of and invented by John
-Gutenberg, a citizen of Mentz.”
-
-Then follows some of the main particulars of the invention on which
-we have already dwelt. He also mentions that “Gutenberg spent all
-his substance in quest of the art, and met with such insuperable
-difficulties, that, in despair, he had nearly given up all hopes of
-success, till he was assisted by the liberality of Faust, and by his
-brother’s skill in the city of Mentz.”
-
-Schoeffer, having associated with him Conrad Henliff, nobly presided
-over the interests of the great art after Gutenberg’s death, diligently
-issuing elegant editions of various books. His last work was a new
-impression of his master’s superb Bible in 1502, in which year he
-died, after laboring thirty-five or thirty-six years as a printer. His
-monogram is connected with Faust’s; and, as we have mentioned, some
-suppose this also to have been the device of Gutenberg.
-
-The name of Schoeffer means shepherd; and well did the thoughtful care,
-caution, and ingenuity of this man aid in watching over the young art,
-that needed such vigilant cherishing to bring it to maturity. He was
-once Gutenberg’s right-hand man, next to him in genius in devising,
-and, despite his doubtful course afterwards in leaving him, was an
-honor and a blessing to his country. His son John succeeded him in his
-office, and later still his grandson John chose the same employment.
-
-Of Costar, little can be said. Some even suppose that no such person
-ever existed; while others incline to confer on him honors which he
-never earned. It is certain that he did not reach the idea of movable
-types. He died in 1440, when Gutenberg had been familiar with their use
-for years.
-
-The capture of Mentz, in 1462, was the means of carrying the knowledge
-of the art of printing to Hamburg, Cologne, Strasbourg, Augsburg,
-and other cities; and in a short time books were issued from many
-places. Twenty-four different works appeared between 1460 and 1470; in
-the latter year two of Faust’s workmen commenced printing in Paris.
-Also, in 1470, the art was practiced in Venice. Cennini, a goldsmith,
-established printing at Florence; and so industrious were the Italians
-that they printed between 1470 and 1480 twelve hundred and ninety-seven
-books, two hundred and thirty-four of which were editions of ancient
-authors. Presses were also established in the Low Countries, at
-Utrecht, Louraine, Basle, and at Buda in Hungary; and, indeed, in the
-course of a few years, every town of any importance possessed its
-printing-office, so that books were greatly multiplied.
-
-Several women of France early distinguished themselves in prosecuting
-the art of printing. Prominent among them was Charlotte Guillard,
-1490-1540, the widow of Berthold Rambolt, who for fifty years kept
-several presses at work, and printed a great number of large and
-very correct editions, both in Latin and Greek. Her best impressions
-were issued after she became a widow the second time,--the Bible,
-the Fathers, and the works of St. Gregory in two volumes, which were
-so accurate as to contain only three faults. In brief, her fame as
-a printer was so extensively known that the learned Lewis Lippeman,
-Bishop of Verona, selected her to print his “Catena in Genesim.” With
-the accomplishment of this, he was so well satisfied, that, after
-assisting at the Council of Trent, he went on purpose to Paris to
-return thanks to her, and also gave her his second volume to print,
-the “Catena in Exodum,” which she performed with like precision and
-elegance.
-
-Elfield was more especially noted for its productions in printing,
-since Henry and Nicholas Becktermange, successors of Gutenberg, there
-wrought at his presses and other printing apparatus, which were the
-latest efforts in the art. Says Dibdin, “The works of these men are
-greatly sought after by the curious, as they afford much proof by
-collation of the genuineness of the works attributed to their great
-predecessor.”
-
-The first English printer was William Caxton, mercer, or merchant, who
-became acquainted with the art while engaged in mercantile pursuits
-in Germany. Returning to England, he established the printing-press
-at Westminster Abbey, in 1480. Although somewhat advanced in years
-when he commenced, yet such was his industry and perseverance that he
-translated and printed, in ten years, no less than twenty-five octavo
-volumes. These were mostly useful literary and religious works, but did
-not indicate high culture in England. The last work he issued, and on
-which he was engaged when overtaken by death, was “The Art and Craft to
-know well how to Die.”
-
-After the death of Caxton, Wynken de Worde, his partner, continued to
-print in his office, living in his house at Westminster, and styling
-himself “Printer to Margaret, etc., the King’s Grandame.” He printed
-the Acts of Parliament with the Royal Arms, also many Latin and English
-books; in forty years over four hundred volumes.
-
-It is not known that he printed any Greek works, yet he made many
-improvements in the art of printing. His first care was to cut a new
-set of punches; he sunk these into matrices, and cast several sorts
-of printing letters, afterwards used in his books. He was the first
-English printer who introduced the Roman letter into England, using it
-to mark striking thoughts. His type was remarkable for its precision,
-and for a long time was not excelled.
-
-[Illustration: Wynken·de·Worde]
-
-The art of printing was not long in extending to other places in
-England besides London. It was started in Oxford in 1480, also at St.
-Albans in the same year, and many other places, among which were York,
-Canterbury, Worcester, Ipswich, and Norwich. The “Common Prayer” was
-printed in Dublin by Humphrey Powell, in quarto, black letter, in 1551.
-Before and after that period the authors of Ireland had their works
-printed abroad.
-
-“Euclid’s Geometry,” the first work in Latin printed with diagrams, was
-issued from the press of Randolt, at Venice, 1482. Aldus also printed
-the works of Virgil there, in Italic types, in 1501, the first attempt
-at producing cheap books.
-
-Blaeu, who assisted Tycho Brahe in making his mathematical instruments,
-effected great improvements in the printing-press. He made nine
-presses, and named them after the nine Muses. His fame soon reached
-England, where his excellent printing machines were soon after
-introduced.
-
-Aldus Manutius, of Venice, during a career of twenty-six years in the
-employment of printing, produced editions of nearly all the Greek and
-Roman authors then known to exist. He was also the author of several
-works of learning,--grammars and dictionaries of the Greek and Latin
-languages, the last forming a folio volume, the first that had ever
-been prepared.
-
-For nearly one hundred and fifty years the Estiennes of France were
-famous as printers. Robert Stephens, a member of this family, was
-the first inventor of the verses into which the New Testament is now
-divided, and introduced them in his edition of it published in 1551.
-Harry, the eldest son of Robert Stephens, was one of the most learned
-men of his time. “Thesaurus,” a dictionary of the Greek language, was
-the fruit of twelve years’ hard application of the elder Stephens, who
-also suffered persecution for being a Protestant, and fled from France
-to reside at Geneva. The early printers were well educated; but time
-and space fail us to note the many learned men who practiced the art
-in different countries, who, availing themselves of the new sources of
-information, added to the general stock of knowledge as they eagerly
-grasped the shining treasures laid open by the discovery of printing.
-
-It is well known that the first printers were learned; and, being
-engaged in printing from ancient and classical manuscripts, were
-naturally the associates of the first literary characters of the age.
-Indeed, in the infancy of printing, and long afterwards, the occupation
-was very honorable, and was only engaged in by well-educated persons.
-It was the glory of the learned to be known as correctors of the press
-to literary printers; physicians, lawyers, bishops, and even popes
-themselves occupied this department; and a distinguished name, as
-corrector of the press, being given in a work, it was far more highly
-valued.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XX.
-
- Peculiarities of the First Printed Books.--Early Printers.--
- Piety and Chess.--Education in the Olden Time.--A Great
- Enterprise.--Unveiling Gutenberg’s Statue.
-
-
-On inquiring more closely respecting the peculiarities of the first
-printed books and the modes of producing them, we find that they were
-generally large or small folios or quartos; lesser sizes than these
-not being in use. In some cases they had no title, number of pages, or
-paragraph divisions. The character employed was designed to imitate
-the hand-writing of the time, a rude old Gothic or German, from which
-the old English was formed, now known as German text. The words were
-printed so closely together as to make reading difficult even by those
-accustomed to it, while one unpracticed got on slowly and with many
-blunders.
-
-The orthography used in the first books was of almost every variety,
-defying method. Abbreviations were fashionable, and at length became
-so numerous and so difficult to be understood that a book or key
-was published, explaining them. Instead of a comma an oblique stroke
-was employed. Capital letters were not used to begin a sentence, or
-for proper names. Blanks were left for the places of titles, initial
-letters, and other ornaments, in order to have them supplied by
-illuminators, whose curious art, however, soon gave place to the
-improvements of the printers. The ornaments made by the old artists
-to fill the blanks were formed with singular taste; birds, beasts,
-flowers, and foliage often curiously interwoven with the most desirable
-colors, and even with gold and silver. Saints were sometimes made
-to figure in the border of illuminated letters, whether the subject
-treated required it or not. The artist had no regard to the theme of
-the author in his adornments. These embellishments were sometimes
-costly and elaborate; but a cheaper kind could be had. Bibles and
-Breviaries were most elegantly ornamented.
-
-The name of the printer and his place of residence were either omitted,
-or placed at the end of the book with some pious ejaculation or
-doxology. There was no date, or it appeared in some odd place, printed
-in words perhaps, or by numerical letters, and sometimes partly one
-and partly the other, thus: “One thousand CCCC. and LXXIII.,” but in
-all cases at the end of a book. The Roman and Italic letters not being
-invented, the pages were uniformly Gothic through the book. Only a few
-copies were issued at once; two hundred was a large impression.
-
-The early printer was of necessity also a bookbinder, placing his
-leaves literally between _boards_, and making some works so heavy as to
-provoke the criticism, “No man can carry them about, much less get them
-into his head.” About 1469-70, alphabetical tables of the first words
-of each chapter were introduced as a guide to the binder.
-
-After the great secret of printing was spread abroad, the early
-printers, in their own quaint style, took pains to inform the public
-that the book they issued was printed.
-
-Caxton said of his first book, “It is not written with pen and ink as
-other books be, to the end that every man may have them at once; for
-all the books of this story, thus imprinted as ye here see, were begun
-in one day, and also finished in one day;” that is, the edition.
-
-The Mentz printers, at the end of each of their first works, made it
-known that instead of being drawn or written with a pen, they were made
-by a new art and invention of printing or stamping them by characters
-or types of metal set in forms.
-
-King Henry VI. was moved by the Archbishop of Canterbury to use all
-possible means for procuring a printing mould, as it was then called,
-to be brought into England. It is supposed that Caxton, after the
-custom in other monasteries, set up his press near one of the aisles
-of Westminster Abbey. The first book printed there was “The Game of
-Chess,” a work then much used by all classes of people, and “doubtless
-desired by the Abbot, and the rest of his friends and masters.”
-Caxton translated it from the Latin of a Dominican friar, who wrote
-it in the year 1200. It was in the main a good book, else Caxton,
-with his decided religious principle, would not have published it; he
-recommends it as “full of wholesome wisdom, and requisite unto every
-state and degree.” But to us it seems a curious mingling of amusement
-and advice. There were instructions for playing the game, side by side
-with counsels which, according to Caxton, would enable the people to
-understand wisdom and virtue.
-
-The course of study then comprised in what was thought a good
-education, was very limited. Teacher and pupil in most cases attempted
-little, and accomplished little. The _trivium_ and the _quadrivium_
-were the two branches of what was then understood as the liberal arts.
-The former included grammar, rhetoric, and dialectics; the latter,
-music, arithmetic, geometry, and astronomy. It was thought that he
-who became master of these studies needed no longer a preceptor or
-assistance in solving any questions within the compass of human reason.
-
-But thorough students in these branches were seldom found, until the
-dissemination of books by the art of printing gave a new impetus to the
-intellect of that age.
-
-Interesting it has been to trace step by step the passing on of this
-art to perfection. Long were genius and industry engaged in its study,
-and never was there so rich and glorious a harvest from human efforts.
-The nurse and preserver of the arts and sciences, of religion and
-civilization, was not the work of one brain solely, neither did the
-gift bring peace at once, but rather strife and opposition. Ignorance
-fled before it as darkness from light; the priests and copyists were
-disturbed; and the way was made ready for the bringing in of the
-Reformation, commencing in 1517 under Martin Luther. For doubtless the
-invention of this art did more to unmask the superstitions of the Papal
-church than all other causes combined.
-
-Gutenberg’s conception and execution of printing the Bible was a
-magnificent enterprise; through unparalleled difficulties, he produced
-an eloquent and superb book, which is even now the admiration of the
-learned. We scarcely know which most to admire, the great art, or the
-noble purpose to which its incalculable power was lent. His praise
-is in every land, but most of all do his countrymen love and revere
-his memory. Statues of Gutenberg have been erected in several cities
-of Germany, and festival occasions celebrating his achievements are
-frequent. A picture of one of these days of grateful rejoicing is the
-following account of a
-
-
-CELEBRATION AT MENTZ.
-
-“The modes in which a large population displays its enthusiasm are
-pretty much the same throughout the world. If the sentiment which
-collects men together be very heart-stirring, it will be seen in the
-outward manifestations. Thus processions, orations, public dinners, and
-pageantries, which in themselves are vain and empty, are important when
-the persons whom they collect together are moved by one common feeling,
-which sways them for the time.
-
-“We never saw such a popular fervor as prevailed at Mentz, at the
-festival of August 1857. The statue was to be uncovered on Monday the
-14th; but on Sunday evening the name of Gutenberg was rife through
-the streets. In the morning, all Mentz was in motion by six o’clock;
-and at eight, a procession was formed to the Cathedral, which, if it
-was not much more imposing than some of the processions of trades in
-London and other cities, was conducted with a quiet precision which
-evinced that the people felt that they were engaged in a solemn act.
-The fine old Cathedral was crowded; the Bishop of Mentz performed High
-Mass; the first Bible printed by Gutenberg was displayed. What a field
-for reflection was here opened! The first Bible in connection with the
-imposing pageantries of Roman Catholicism,--the Bible in great part a
-sealed book to the body of the people; the service of God in a tongue
-unknown to the larger number of worshippers; but that first Bible
-the germ of millions of Bibles that have spread the light of Christ
-throughout the veritable globe!
-
-“The mass ended, the procession again advanced to an adjacent
-square, where the statue was to be opened. Here was erected a vast
-amphitheatre, where, seated under their respective banners, were
-deputations from all the great cities of Europe. Amidst salvos of
-artillery the veil was removed from the statue, and a hymn sung by a
-thousand voices. Then came orations, then dinners, balls, orations,
-boat-races, processions by torch light. For three days the population
-of Mentz was kept in a state of high excitement, the echo of which went
-through Germany, and “Gutenberg! Gutenberg!” was toasted in many a
-bumper of Rhenish wine amidst this cordial and enthusiastic people.
-
-“And, indeed, even in one who could not boast of belonging to the
-land in which printing was invented, the universal and mighty
-effects of this art, when rightly considered, would produce almost
-a corresponding enthusiasm. It is difficult to look upon the great
-changes that have been effected during the last four centuries, and
-which are still in progress everywhere around us, and not connect
-them with printing and its inventor. The castles on the Rhine, under
-whose ruins we travelled back from Mentz, perished before the powerful
-combinations of the people of the towns. The petty feudal despots fell
-when the burghers had acquired wealth and knowledge. But the progress
-of despotism on a larger scale could not have been arrested, had the
-art of Gutenberg not been discovered. The strongholds of military power
-still frown over the same majestic river. The Rhine has seen its petty
-fortresses crumble into decay. Ehrenbreitstein is stronger than ever.
-But even Ehrenbreitstein will fall before the powers of the mind.
-Seeing, then, what, under God, intellect has done and is doing, we may
-well venerate the memory of Gutenberg of Mentz.”
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XXI.
-
- Modes of making Type.--Varieties of Type.--Cylindrical
- Ink-distributor.--A Modern Printing Establishment.--Composition
- Room.--Cases.--Proof-reading.
-
-
-Let us now glance at the Art of Printing in modern times.
-
-In the making of types, formerly each letter was cast, and then
-finished one at a time, by hand. Now there is a process of
-manufacturing the copper face by machinery, the operation being
-effected by the pressure of a sharp die upon copper. And it is said
-that a small steam-engine can produce one type a second, or thirty-six
-thousand in ten hours.
-
-By the more ordinary process, types are made by casting type-metal
-in a mould, though some of the larger sizes are manufactured from
-maple, mahogany, or box-wood. The process of casting type, which is
-the business of the type-founders, requires great skill. In the first
-place, a punch is cut, of the letter to be formed, except that it is in
-reverse. The punch being of hardened steel, and having this letter on
-its point, is then struck into a small piece of copper, which is called
-the _matrix_, or form of the letter to be cast. The matrix is now
-fixed in a curiously contrived instrument, termed the mould, attached
-to a compact hand machine, having in the centre a small furnace of
-burning coal to keep the vessel of type-metal over it liquid. The
-workman turns a wheel, thus forcing melted metal into the mould, which
-quickly shapes and drops one after another the types, perfect, save
-polishing. In some foundries there are twenty of these machines. In
-this way not only every letter, but every figure, hyphen, comma, or
-other mark, must have its punch and matrix, as well as its separate
-casting. One machine will cast one hundred types a minute.
-
-[Illustration: Metal Type.]
-
-In the cut, _a_ is the body; _b_, the face, or part from which the
-impression is taken; _c_, the shoulder, or top of the body; _d_, the
-nick, designed to assist the compositor in distinguishing the bottom
-of the face from the top; and _e_, the groove made in the process of
-finishing.
-
-As soon as a heap of types is cast, a boy takes them away, and breaks
-off the superfluous piece at the end of each, when another rubs its
-sides on a stone, to render it smooth. The face, or printing part of
-the type, is not touched after it leaves the matrix, that giving it all
-the distinctness and sharpness of which it is capable.
-
-Type-metal is a compound of lead and antimony, in the proportion of
-three to one, with a small portion of tin, and sometimes a little
-copper.
-
-In Gutenberg’s day types were necessarily an imitation of the
-handwriting of the monk-copyists, with little variety and beauty.
-Now the types which compose an ordinary book-fount consist of Roman
-CAPITALS, SMALL CAPITALS, and lower-case letters, and _Italic
-capitals_ and lower-case letters, with accompanying figures, points
-and reference-marks,--in all about two hundred characters. Including
-the various modern styles of fancy types, some three or four hundred
-varieties of face are made. Besides the ordinary Roman and _Italic_,
-the most important of the varieties are
-
-[Illustration: Old English or Black Letter.
-
-German Text.
-
-Full-face, Antique, Script.
-
-Old Style, GOTHIC.]
-
-The smallest body in common use is _diamond_; then follow, in order of
-size as below--
-
-[Illustration:
-
- Diamond. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Pearl. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Agate. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Nonpariel. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Minion. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Brevier. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Bourgeois. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Long Primer. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Small Pica. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Pica. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- English. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
- Great Primer. abcdefghijklmnopqrstuv
-]
-
-Until a comparatively recent period, no better method of inking the
-type had been devised than Gutenberg’s sheep-skin dabbers, or stamping
-balls. Earl Stanhope, who greatly improved the printing-press, sought
-by many experiments to supply the ink by means of a revolving cylinder
-or roller, instead of by the old process. The first impediment was
-the seam which it was necessary to make down the whole length of the
-roller; and it could be kept neither soft nor pliable. Providentially
-these difficulties were overcome by observing a process in the
-Staffordshire potteries, in which the workmen use what are there called
-dabbers. These dabbers, composed of glue and treacle, possessed every
-requisite to hold and distribute the ink, spreading it evenly over the
-form, besides being easily kept clean and pliable. This method was at
-once seized upon by ingenious printers, who used it in time in the
-cylinder form, as is common now in all printing-offices.
-
-Formerly, the word _the_ was indicated by the letters _y_ and _e_,
-thus--_y^e_; _&_ was used for _and_; with other ungainly abbreviations.
-Connected letters were also employed; _c_ and _t_ were joined by a
-curve from the top of one to the other; and when two _s’s_ occurred a
-long _ſ_ was used.
-
-[Illustration: COMPOSITION ROOM.]
-
-Instead of ponderous folios and quartos, untitled, unpaged, and
-unparagraphed; without capitals, and with words so huddled together
-as to put the reader to his wit’s end to make out the meaning, now we
-have the beautiful pocket and library editions, convenient in size,
-clear and intelligible within,--“books that you may carry to the fire
-and hold readily in your hand,” as Dr. Johnson says.
-
-We have, in imagination, visited Gutenberg’s Printing Rooms, and can
-vividly recall his rude beginnings and slow and toilsome methods;
-his printing-press; the wonder of that age,--only turning off a few
-hundred impressions per diem. With this in mind, let us step into a
-representative printing establishment of our times,--the “Riverside,”
-at Cambridge, Mass.; for we wish to get a just idea of the Art of arts.
-We will first visit the Composition Room.
-
-Ranged down the sides of the room we see scores of laborers
-industriously at work, each one before a stand or frame, in shape
-similar to the music-stand at an orchestra. Each frame is constructed
-so as to hold two pairs of cases, one containing the Roman, the other
-the Italic letters of the same “fount,” or kind. The upper case has
-ninety-eight little divisions for the different kinds of type; the
-lower case has fifty-four boxes, arranged as in the diagram on the
-opposite page. The “compositor” or “type-setter,” is said to “work at
-case;” for all the types are sorted in “cases,” or shallow, open and
-divided boxes; the lower case, or the one nearest him, having all the
-small letters, points, and spaces to place between the words, and the
-upper case containing all capitals, accented letters, figures, and
-characters used as references to notes. Each letter has a larger or
-smaller box appropriated to it, according as it is seldom or frequently
-required, while the letters most needed occupy the position most
-convenient for the compositor.
-
-In the English language, the letter _e_ inhabits the largest box; _a_,
-_c_, _d_, _h_, _i_, _m_, _n_, _o_, _r_, _s_, _t_, _u_, live in the
-next-sized apartments; _b_, _f_, _g_, _l_, _p_, _v_, _w_, _y_, dwell in
-what may be called the bed-rooms; while _j_, _k_, _q_, _x_, _z_, _æ_,
-and _œ_, double letters, etc., are more humbly lodged in cupboards,
-garrets, and cellars, as we call the various compartments of the case.
-The reason of this arrangement is, that the letter _e_ being visited
-by the compositor sixty times as often as _z_,--his hand spending an
-hour in the former box for every minute in the latter,--it is advisable
-that the letters oftenest required should be in the nearest and largest
-boxes; everything being systematized so as to secure accuracy and
-despatch.
-
-[Illustration:
-
- +---+---+---+---+---+---+-------+---+---+---+---+---+---+-----+-----+
- | & | fl | ff | fi | j | k | | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
- +---+---+---+---+---+---+ +---+---+---+---+---+---+-----+-----+
- | ’ | | | | | | | | | 5m | 9 |
- | | | | | | | | | |space| |
- +---+ b | c | d | e | i | s | f | g +-----+-----+
- | ! | | | | | | | | | 4m | 0 |
- | | | | | | | | | |space| |
- +---+---+-------+-------+-------+-------+---+---+---+---+-----+-----+
- | ? | | | | | | | | | | n | m |
- +---+ l | m | n | h | o | y | p | , | w |quad.|quad.|
- | z | | | | | | | | | | ▌ | █ |
- +---+---+-------+-------+-------+-------+---+---+---+---+-----+-----+
- | x | | | | 3m | | | ; | : | |
- +---+ v | u | t | space | a | r +---+---+ quadrat. |
- | q | | | | | | | . | - | |
- +---+---+-------+-------+-------+-------+-------+---+---+-----------+
-
-PLAN OF LOWER CASE.]
-
-Behold the busy company. Eyes, fingers, and arms move almost in every
-direction with steadiness and speed. Some are “distributing;” that is,
-filling their cases with letters from the type pages of books or papers
-which have been printed off. This is done with great celerity; the
-compositor grasps and reads several sentences at once; and without
-again looking at the letters, his nimbly flying fingers deposit them,
-one by one, here, there, everywhere, in the square dens to which they
-belong. Four thousand “ems” per hour can thus be distributed by a good
-compositor, which is about five times as many as he can “compose,” or
-set in type; as it is much easier to spend money than to earn it.
-
-Having filled the cases, the workman is ready to “compose.” Standing
-in front of the cases which contain the Roman letters, and having
-placed the “copy,” or manuscript from which he is to set, upon the
-least used part of the upper case, he takes in his left hand the
-“composing-stick,” made of brass or iron, with a movable side which
-can be adapted to any width of line by means of a screw. He then
-commences putting the letters of each word of the copy, with the
-necessary points and spaces, into the stick, the thumb of his left
-hand meanwhile securing each addition, from left to right along the
-line. To facilitate the process, a thin slip of brass, called the
-“composing-rule,” is placed in the composing-stick at the outset,
-and pulled out and put on the front of a line when completed. When
-the stick is full of lines, the compositor, with the fingers of both
-hands, lifts them out as if they were a mass of solid metal, and
-places them in the “galley,”--a flat board or piece of zinc or brass,
-having a ledge at the head, and on one or both sides. To do this last
-successfully requires practice and skill. And the young printer,
-although no adept in pastry-making, learns, to his disgust, that there
-is nothing easier than to make “pi,” as the heap of jumbled type, which
-has slipped through his untrained fingers, is termed.
-
-The galley having been filled by the contents of successive sticks, and
-the requisite number of pages to form a sheet being completed, they are
-arranged upon a bench or “imposing stone,” and surrounded with pieces
-of wood, or “furniture,” so as to give a suitable margin for each page.
-The whole being then secured in the “chase,” or iron frame, by means of
-strips of wood and wedges. This is called “imposing.”
-
-Next, a “proof” is taken by impressing paper upon the type, that the
-compositor may see and correct the mistakes he may have made in putting
-the copy into type.
-
-Referring again to the engraving, “Composition room,” in the open space
-are the “imposing stones,” or “tables,” on which matter in type is
-placed in order to arrange it for printing; proofs are taken, errors
-corrected, and the “form” finally made ready for the press.
-
-[Illustration: Reading Proof.]
-
-But in this cozy, well-lighted room, sits one whose attitude is the
-picture of careworn and earnest attention. No matter what the din in
-the building around him, his faculties are concentrated on the pages of
-proof. It is one of the proof-readers,--and an assistant who reads the
-copy, whose office it is to see that the work goes forth to the public
-correct in literary and mechanical execution. His is a wearisome and
-responsible task. His eye, with lynx-like vigilance and microscopic
-power, must detect the minutest defects of press or author. Faults in
-punctuation, grammar, rhetoric, logic, and data he must point out. All
-this at a glance, in an establishment crowded with work.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XXII.
-
- Type-setting by Machinery.--Its Practicability.--Various
- Machines devised.--The Brown Type-setter and Distributer
- described.--Simplicity.--Reliability.--Speed.
-
-
-In the last chapter we described type-setting by hand. Let us now for
-a few moments look at the method of doing this by machinery. This is
-the last achievement of that inventive enterprise which we have seen
-to be so efficient in all the history of the art; and it deserves
-some mention here, both for what it already is, and for what it so
-confidently promises. On witnessing this most interesting and curious
-operation, one wonders, first, that such a work, apparently requiring
-the constant exercise of mind and intelligence, can be so rapidly and
-perfectly done by machinery; and then, observing the simplicity of the
-instruments and the certainty of their work, one wonders again that it
-has never been done before.
-
-It is our aim in this history to illustrate the prominence machinery
-has held in the several departments of the art, and how much our
-literature and books owe to its aid; and it is remarkable that
-this work of setting and distributing types is the only branch of
-the printer’s art which has not yet received its share of aid from
-labor-saving expedients. When we consider the great improvement which
-has been made in presses within the past few years, whereby the
-number of impressions is multiplied from 250 to nearly 30,000 per
-hour, and when, on the other hand, we consider that in the department
-of type-setting these four hundred years have brought no advance or
-improvement, but that this work is done in precisely the same slow
-manner in which the inventor of movable types first ranged them into
-line in the fifteenth century, it is strongly suggested that the
-contributions of genius have not been altogether impartial and just,
-and that here remains a great field of inventive enterprise as yet
-uncultivated. And when it is further considered that in the estimate
-of our most extensive publishers full half the present cost of our
-books and periodicals is in the labor of setting the types, the
-question urges itself, How has it happened that this important branch
-of human industry has been so overlooked by inventive genius? Is there
-any inherent difficulty which makes it impossible to do the work of
-type-setting by mechanical appliances? The wonderful adaptation of
-machinery to all other forms of human labor and service suggests
-antecedently that it must be possible also here. Led by this faith in
-the possibility of the thing, and urged by the actual necessity of
-doing something to expedite this branch of the work, many inventors
-have of late years been studying upon this problem. But the mechanical
-type-setter is essentially a modern invention: it is the contribution
-of this age to the art. About twenty years cover the whole period of
-these efforts. It seems to be a law of human progress that a number of
-failures must precede the successful effort, every failure contributing
-its quota to the ultimate success, either through its suggestions of a
-better way, or by serving as a warning and indication how _not_ to do
-it.
-
-Several type-setting machines have been devised, some of them very
-ingenious; but one after another failed to stand the test of actual
-work. It is not, however, half so strange that many should fail as
-that any should succeed in so great and delicate a work. So vast and
-difficult is the problem, that many of the best mechanicians of our
-day, whose knowledge of the capabilities of machinery gives their
-judgment peculiar weight, have pronounced it an impossibility, and have
-classed these efforts with the fascinating but visionary chase after a
-method of perpetual motion. But inventors are a peculiar race, as is
-seen in the case of Gutenberg, especially endowed with an indomitable
-faith in the possible; and they are continually attempting and doing
-things with little other apparent motive than the fact that the world
-has supposed them impossible.
-
-The inventor of the machines we have examined, Mr. O. L. Brown, of
-Boston, has made a careful study of the subject for years, and seems
-finally to have found the secret, both of simplicity and success.
-Especially is the device for setting the types so simple that it might
-perhaps more properly be called an instrument than a machine. The
-Type-distributer strikes one as more curious and wonderful, inasmuch
-as it is entirely automatic, and is operated by steam; but it is an
-adaptation of one of the most common and familiar mechanical principles.
-
-The Type-setter comprises a case, a stick, and a justifier. The case
-consists of a series of grooves or channels ranged side by side, each
-just wide enough to receive a line of type. There is no limit to this
-case, either in the number of channels, or their length. In these
-channels, the types stand upon their feet, and the case is set at
-such an angle that they slide downward by their own gravity, and rest
-upon the bar which closes the lower ends. Across the foot a shield is
-placed, provided with openings for the types to pass through as they
-are set; and an index, showing the letters and sorts which the case
-contains. Corresponding openings in the rear allow the tongue, which
-forces out the letter, to enter.
-
-Below and in front of the case, sliding back and forth upon a track
-at the will of the operator, is the stick, or mechanical hand, which
-takes the letters from the case. The stick consists of a semicircular
-groove for receiving the type, and a lever or key for operating it.
-The uppermost end of the stick forms an indicator, pointing to the
-index upon the shield. The key is provided at one end with a tongue, or
-plunger, for lifting the type, and the other forms a handle for working
-it. The whole weighing but a few ounces, it is moved with the greatest
-ease from letter to letter. The operator, seizing the handle with the
-thumb and finger, runs it nearly opposite the letter to be taken. It
-is so arranged with an adjusting gauge that no greater accuracy of
-stroke is required than in playing a piano. As the handle of the key is
-depressed, a type is thrust out into the stick. As the handle is raised
-again, a “follower” pushes the type just lifted sufficiently down
-the channel to allow the next one to be taken in the same way. This
-operation is repeated till the stick is full, when it is run to one
-end of the track, and the line slipped into the justifier. The stick
-is then ready for another line; and, when several are set, they are
-justified by hand.
-
-In all machines that have heretofore been produced, use has been made
-of a set of keys to take the letters from the case; and at first
-thought these would seem to have an advantage over this with its
-single key. But experience has proved it otherwise; for the object is
-not merely to take the letters from the case, but also to form them
-into line; and this last has hitherto proved the most difficult and
-expensive part of the work. A case capable of holding one hundred and
-fifty lines of type the size of this in which this book is printed is
-about thirty inches in length; and when one letter is taken from one
-end of the case and the next from the other end, the difficult thing
-is to bring them together into line quickly, surely, and with perfect
-safety. It will readily be seen that in this passage there is likely
-to be loss of time, and the types are liable to misplacement, and, in
-the case of the more delicate, to breakage. That nothing is gained
-by multiplying the keys, will at once be seen when it is considered
-that the keys, however many there may be, must be struck singly, and
-time allowed for disposing of each letter as it is indicated. The
-operation of type-setting is not like that of playing the piano, where
-several keys are struck simultaneously; but, on the contrary, care
-must be taken not to touch more than one at a time. In short, that
-nothing is gained, but much is lost, by this multiplicity of the keys,
-becomes apparent when we consider the complication which it involves.
-The machine we have seen in operation contains one hundred and fifty
-letters, and uses but one key; and this key is of the simplest
-construction. The motion of the key which lifts the letter puts it
-also in its place in the line. If stationary keys were employed, a
-key would be required for each letter, which would increase the first
-cost a hundred and fifty times, and the liability to get out of order
-in the same ratio, besides making a machine more difficult to learn,
-and without increasing the speed. But the advantages of the single key
-are found to be many besides its simplicity and cheapness. It allows
-the use of any number of different characters, it is not liable to get
-out of order, its parts are all in plain sight, and it is limited in
-speed only by the skill of the operator. One of its greatest advantages
-is that the line of type being set is always before the eye of the
-compositor. He is constantly observing the process of its formation;
-and there is therefore no occasion for the “outs” and “doublets” that
-are so frequently made in the machines that carry the line away from
-the operator’s sight.
-
-This Type-setter was brought to perfection several years ago; but the
-necessity of a distributing machine was soon realized. In the setting
-of types by machinery, it is needful that they be ranged in lines,
-instead of being laid in boxes, as for hand-composition. To do this by
-the slow process of hand-distribution would more than counterbalance
-the time gained by the setter. It was first attempted to employ cheap
-labor for the work; but this was not satisfactory, and was soon
-abandoned. For the full utility of the setter, therefore, some method
-of distribution is imperative. Consequently Mr. Brown sought among
-the distributers already projected by other inventors something that
-might be adapted to accompany his setter. But a careful examination of
-everything that had as yet been produced found nothing that promised
-to be satisfactory; and he turned his attention to the only remaining
-expedient, namely, to create a new one. After five years of study and
-labor, he produced a distributer which, for simplicity of design and
-reliability of action, is a fit complement and companion for the setter.
-
-The Type-distributer consists of a rotating ring, about ten inches in
-diameter. At regular intervals in the edge of the ring are recesses
-for holding the types while being carried to their places. Radiating
-from this ring are the channels into which the types are distributed;
-and which, when full, are transferred to the setter, and constitute a
-part of the case. At one side is a galley, which receives the page
-to be distributed. From the galley, the machine takes one line at a
-time, and lifts it into a channel, in which it is fed towards the
-distributing-ring, but a little below. From the inner end of this line
-the types are lifted one at a time, and enter the distributing-ring.
-This ring has an intermittent motion, and each motion brings one of the
-recesses directly over the line. One after another the types are forced
-up into these recesses. A recess is large enough to receive the largest
-type, and is formed by cutting a larger slot in the ring, and inserting
-a set of levers. The levers are simply straight pieces of sheet brass
-or steel about two inches long, with a hole near one end, through which
-the pin passes on which they turn. These levers, placed one upon the
-other in sets of six or more, form one side of the recess. A slide or
-ejector, which forces out the letter when it arrives at its proper
-place, forms the back of the recess. When a letter is fed into the
-ring, it stands in this recess, and any nick that may have been made in
-the edge of the type will be opposite one of the levers. As the short
-arms of these levers shut against the edge of the type, some of them
-entering the nicks, the long arms take a corresponding position. It
-will be seen that a slight variation in the position of the short arms
-gives a much greater variation in the long arms. The relative position
-of these long arms, acting in connection with the keys, determines
-where the type shall be ejected. These keys slide out and in, and each
-motion of the ring brings each set of the levers successively in front
-of each key. The keys all advance a short distance, and try the ends
-of the levers; and, wherever the shape of the keys corresponds to the
-position of the levers, the key advances farther, and, acting upon the
-ejector, forces out the letter. The operation is on the same principle
-as the common lever-lock; the levers with the type forming a certain
-combination which will move around until it arrives opposite its own
-key. The lock will then be unlocked, and the letter forced out. The
-keys are the slides, which are placed in the stationary part of the
-machine, inside the rotating ring, and radiating from the centre.
-
-The type are placed in the machine just as they come from the press,
-the galley being adjustable to any size of page; and any letters that
-the machine cannot distribute are simply transferred to the “pi-line,”
-where they stand in regular order, and can be distributed by another
-machine or by hand. The type used is the common type cast at our
-foundries, as described on page 225. For the setting-machine no change
-is made, but for the distributer, this being automatic, it is prepared
-by a simple system of nicks in the back of the letter. These nicks
-are added very quickly and cheaply; but this necessity will soon be
-obviated, as the foundries are already making matrices or moulds for
-casting founts of type containing the distributing-nick.
-
-The question which will doubtless decide the fate of this and all other
-machines for the purpose is the question of speed.
-
-The machines we have described, notwithstanding their newness and
-the necessary inexperience of the operators, make an economy of more
-than fifty per cent. in the time of doing a given amount of work. The
-distributer, being run by steam and tended by a boy, does the work
-of several men. This is a great gain; twenty-five per cent. has been
-thought an amount very desirable to be reached. It seems, too, that
-skill in operating the setter is easily acquired.
-
-As an illustration of this, may be given the case of a young girl who
-had never seen the inside of a printing-office, and who was induced
-to try the new machine. She was initiated into the ready use of the
-type-setter in five minutes’ instruction. Seizing the mechanical hand,
-which takes the letters one by one as rapidly as thought can spell from
-the groove-like case, in the first hour, with the rapid click, click,
-of the new-found “key,” she set very correctly six hundred ems, and in
-the second hour accomplished the task of a thousand ems.
-
-An office boy was as successful. After a few hours’ acquaintance
-with the machine, it is common for mere children, in dispatch and
-correctness of execution, to rival workmen who have had long experience
-in type-setting by hand.
-
-The setter has been operated in competition with two superior
-compositors of many years’ practice, and has done more work than
-both, on fair and equal terms. Such being the results in the present
-condition of the machinery, it is only just to conclude that this is
-an invention which not only does honor to the art, and is an important
-step in its progress, but must contribute materially to the cheapening
-of books and the dissemination of literature, and so serve the highest
-interests of human life.
-
-[Illustration: STEREOTYPE FOUNDRY.]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XXIII.
-
- Stereotyping.--Plaster Moulds.--Planing and Beveling.--Correcting
- Stereotype Plates.--Process of Electrotyping.--The
- “Guillotine.”--Ornamenting.
-
-
-The invention of stereotyping is also a great improvement in printing.
-Almost all works, after being put in type, are stereotyped; the
-advantage is that a new edition can be struck off as often as called
-for, without the labor of resetting the type.
-
-The process of stereotyping differs from common printing, in that the
-letters, after being set up, are cast in plates of entire pages, from
-plaster of Paris moulds.
-
-The workman in the picture is about removing the moulds from the type
-beneath. The mould, forming a perfect _fac simile_ of the page intended
-to be printed, is placed with others in a great oven, where it is dried
-and baked hard. The edge of the oven can be seen at the right of the
-picture on the following page, which represents the interior of the
-Stereotype Foundery.
-
-[Illustration: Moulding in Plaster.]
-
-While the plaster mould is baking in the oven, the foundery man is
-getting things in readiness for converting it into lead. Upon the
-left, in the picture, is a high pile of bars of lead, looking like an
-irregular chimney. When the bars of lead are put into the cauldron
-to melt, a certain amount of antimony is put in also, to render it
-brittle, and tin is added to give a brightness of surface. When the
-lead, antimony, and tin are well melted, and the scum has been removed,
-the composition is poured into iron moulds, where it hardens, and
-comes out in the shape of the lead that was put into the kettle in the
-first place. These bars of composition, lead being by far the largest
-material, are put into the boiler over which you see the man working,
-and melted again, making a molten mass, which is kept liquid by the
-hot fire beneath and the frequent stirring. When the plaster pages, or
-moulds, are well baked in the oven, they are ready to be plunged in
-their lead bath. An iron pan about two feet long, a foot broad, and two
-or three inches deep, is the vessel, in which is laid a false bottom of
-iron, called a floater; on this are laid the plaster moulds, face down,
-and the whole is covered with an iron slab, which does not, however,
-rest on the plaster moulds, but upon the edge of the iron pan. An iron
-handle, like that of a basket, is secured to the middle of the pan upon
-the wooden stand in front of the picture. A crane overhangs the boiler,
-and from it drops a hook surrounded by four legs; the hook takes hold
-of the hole in the handle, and the four legs press upon the iron
-cover of the pan; the crane swings round, holds the iron pan with its
-plaster moulds snugly shut up in it, and suspends the body over molten
-lead, lowering it until it is partly sunken in the lead but not wholly
-plunged in it.
-
-The four corners of the pan are not square; and as the iron cover does
-not fit into the grooves, there is access to the interior of the pan
-by this means. Down them, then, the founder pours the lead, dipping
-it from the boiler, until it fills up completely all the little type
-openings in the plaster moulds. Then the crane lifts it and swings it
-over to the trough by which the boy is standing. It is lowered into
-the water to cool, after which a crane swings it over to the wooden
-standard, where one is waiting to be opened. The handle is removed, and
-then the founder, taking a heavy hammer, knocks off the lead at the
-corners and edges, where it has sealed up the iron lid on the pan. The
-cover is removed, and the contents of the pan taken out. The plaster is
-chipped off and thrown away; but now are seen lead plates of the size
-of the plaster moulds, having their surface raised in letters, just as
-that of the moulds was sunken in letters. The plates are about double
-the thickness of the slates used in schools.
-
-These plates are cooled, and washed free of plaster in the trough,--the
-boy in the picture is now doing this,--when they are ready to go into
-the finishing room, to be trimmed, planed, picked out, corrected, and
-generally made ready for use in the printing-office.
-
-In the first place, the plate is trimmed at the edges, and planed in
-a planing-machine, which shaves off, from the back, strips of the
-rough lead. It is beveled also; that is, the edges are shaved down
-in the left hand of the three smaller machines shown in this picture:
-the object of the beveling is to secure the plate afterward, when it
-comes to be put on the press. It is also picked out: a workman goes
-over the lettered surface with a sharp tool, clearing out letters
-which have accidentally become filled up with lead, and correcting all
-inaccuracies of form which he discovers.
-
-[Illustration: Planing and Beveling.]
-
-The man at work in this picture is planing the back of the plate
-again, for the purpose of getting the requisite thickness. The knife in
-this plane makes one shaving of lead, which rolls up as it leaves the
-plate, like any fine shaving. To take off another shaving, a piece of
-pasteboard is placed under the plate, by which it is raised a trifle
-higher, and so again brought under the knife.
-
-[Illustration: Correcting Stereotype Plates.]
-
-A proof is taken on a common hand-press, and with this proof before him
-the corrector marks such letters as were overlooked when the plate
-was picked out. This proof goes into the proof-reader’s room again,
-who now goes once more over the page, to see if everything is right;
-and after he has marked it, back it goes to the corrector, who now,
-with the printed proof-sheet before him, makes the corrections that
-are required. If, for instance, a letter is set up wrong, as _pan_ for
-_pen_, and has been overlooked by the proof-reader, and the plate is
-cast, what is to be done?
-
-The corrector takes a sharp tool, and punches a hole through the plate
-where the interloper is, just the size of the type, and then restoring
-a common type _e_, through the opening, cuts it off even at the back
-of the plate, and solders it in its place with lead. In this way a
-whole line of type is sometimes introduced for an incorrect line in the
-plate. The corrections being made, the plate is ready for the press.
-When not in use, the plates, being very valuable, are carefully put
-in a box,--a large book requiring several boxes. They are stored in
-fire-proof safes, made for this purpose.
-
-While books are generally stereotyped, woodcuts are always
-electrotyped. Instead of being moulded in plaster, the cut or
-illustrated page goes into the electrotype room, to be moulded in wax.
-
-[Illustration: Moulding in Wax.]
-
-Let us look at the process.
-
-A brass case, or very shallow, oblong pan is filled with liquid
-beeswax, which stands until it has hardened. The form containing the
-pages of type, well covered with fine black lead, is placed upon
-the bed of the press, shown in the picture; the face of the type
-is uppermost. There is an upper bed, which in the picture is swung
-half-way back. This is swung all the way back, and upon it is secured
-the brass case of wax. When the upper bed is brought back again, the
-wax face will of course be downward, and thus will be ready to receive
-an impression from the form of type resting on the lower bed; this
-lower bed is movable, and is gently raised by a screw until it presses
-into the wax, after the press is tightened, and now the soft wax
-receives the exact impression of the type; and the upper bed being
-swung back, the brass case, with its wax mould, is removed. We have got
-just as far, in fact, as when the plaster in stereotyping was ready
-to receive the casting. In the battery, a corner of which is seen in
-the picture, are hung one, two, three, or more copper plates; and from
-rods running parallel are hung the cases containing the wax moulds, one
-being hung on either side of the brass plate facing it. The positive
-pole is attached to the case, the negative to the copper plate; and the
-connection being made, a thin film of copper appears on the surface
-of the mould. This coating increases the longer the mould remains in
-the battery. After ten or twelve hours it is removed, and the result
-is a shell, as it is called, of the thickness of thin pasteboard, the
-upper surface a perfect _fac simile_ of the original page of type or
-wood-cut, every line, and every imperfection too, being reproduced. The
-under surface is exactly parallel; for each projection on the upper
-surface there is an indentation in the lower.
-
-[Illustration: The “Guillotine.”]
-
-This thin shell of copper can be bent and crumpled up; it could not
-be used for printing in its present state, and it passes through a
-process called “backing up.” A thin coating of tin is applied to the
-back, when it is put face downward in a shallow dish, and kept in place
-by a number of small elastic rods. Then it is hung over a flat cauldron
-filled with melted type-metal, and lowered to rest in it. When the
-plate has acquired the same degree of temperature as the metal, the
-latter is ladled and poured over the plate, filling up all the hollows
-and indentations, and forming a solid back of lead. The coating of tin
-is first applied, as lead will not adhere to copper.
-
-The plate, being now ready for the planing, beveling, picking, and
-correcting of stereotype plates, goes through the same process that we
-have before described.
-
-When a book is to be bound, the pile of sheets which form it is made
-even at the back, and a saw, working by steam, cuts shallow grooves
-across the back, for the twine over which the sewing is done. Two
-girls are pictured sewing at their frames,--passing the needle through
-the fold of the sheet and round the upright twine, adding one sheet
-at a time to the pile, until the entire book is sewed. In the large
-apartment called the forwarding-room, the remaining processes of
-finishing are done. The rough and uncut edges of the book are made
-smooth by means of a cutting machine called the “guillotine.”
-
-The edges of a number of books can be cut at a time, by being secured
-on a movable bed, which rises so as to bring them under a stationary
-knife, which cuts them smoothly as they are pressed against it.
-
-There is also a backing-machine, for rounding the backs of books. The
-book is placed in a vise, and held near the edge of the back; and the
-man, working a treadle, moves a heavy roller over the back, thus
-drawing up the sheets in the centre; this is that the cover may be made
-fast to the book, the sides of the cover fitting tightly; the limp back
-is like a hinge. The stiff pasteboard covers are made by themselves;
-for instance, if a thousand copies of a book are to be made, while the
-folding and sewing of the thousand books is going on in one part of the
-building, in another two or three men are at work making cases; and
-when each is finished, they are put together.
-
-[Illustration: Laying on Gold Leaf.]
-
-[Illustration: FORWARDING ROOM.]
-
-But the stamped name on the back or ornamental work is done on the
-cases, after they are covered with cloth, and before the books are
-fastened into them. A brass die, or brand, is made of the title of the
-book; then the covers which are to be stamped are taken by the gilders,
-who first rub the white of an egg over the surface to be stamped, and
-upon that lay thin gold leaf, of gossamer lightness.
-
-[Illustration: Burnishing Gilt Edges.]
-
-In the picture three girls are laying on the gold leaf with their
-pallet knives.
-
-The covers are now ready to be stamped by the brass die, and that is
-put in place in the embossing press, seen behind the gilders. It is
-kept constantly heated, and is attached to the upper part of the press
-with its face down; the cases are slipped singly into the press, and
-pressed up against the die, the letters of which stamp the gold into
-the cloth; the rest of the gold is carefully rubbed off, and collected
-and preserved.
-
-When the edges of the leaves are to be gilded, it is done by holding
-the books firmly in a vise, as seen in the cut, the gold leaf being
-laid on with a pallet knife; after which the surface is polished.
-
-The workman is seen polishing the edges with an agate burnisher. The
-sheets having been pasted in their cases, and thoroughly subjected to a
-powerful press, are packed and put into the trade.
-
-[Illustration: Marbling.]
-
-Another very curious process is marbling the edges of leaves.
-
-In the engraving is a long trough, in which is a thin mixture of water
-and gum tragacanth, over which the workman holds two dictionaries in
-his hands. The colors which combine in the marbling are water-colors,
-and are distributed in the seven jars with brushes. The marbler shakes
-one of these brushes over the vat, the color falling is held on the
-surface by the glue, and little circles of blue, or whatever was
-dropped, are scattered over the water; with another brush he sprinkles
-in the same way, and so on for any number of colors, producing effects
-as gorgeous as the mingling colors of autumn leaves or of sunset
-clouds. If a piece of paper now were dipped into the trough, it
-would, when removed, be mottled or marbled. The marbling is elongated
-or streaked by slowly passing a coarse rake through the water. The
-marbler, taking two books, dips the edges into the trough; the gum
-causes the colors to adhere to the paper, and the precise pattern
-in the vat is elegantly painted on the book; the next is dipped in
-a different place, and when the surface has been taken up, the scum
-is skimmed off, and the colors again sprinkled on the water, and the
-process repeated as long as required.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XXIV.
-
- The Hand-press.--Earl Stanhope’s Press.--Improvements.--Cylinder
- Presses.--Press-room.--Drying Room.--Sewing Room.--Elevator.--
- Books for the Blind.--Type, Press, and Paper invented.--
- Catalogue of Great Exhibition.--Estimate of Rapid Labor by
- Machinery.
-
-
-We have already referred to the earliest modes of taking the impression
-from the types by friction, or the rubbing of some hard smooth
-substance over the paper when laid upon the face of the types.
-
-The hand-press invented by Gutenberg is the only machine absolutely
-necessary for printers. A specimen of these rude wooden machines is
-the press used by Benjamin Franklin, now in the Patent Office at
-Washington. A hand-press has been illustrated and sketched in this
-volume; it was operated by two men, one attending to the inking,
-the other placing the paper, and pulling on the lever to make the
-impression. The first improvement on this press was made by Earl
-Stanhope in 1815. He built the whole of iron, and, substituting for
-the screw an obtuse-angled jointed lever, greatly lessened the labor
-of the pressman. He also enlarged the platen to the size of the bed,
-so that a full sheet could be printed by one pressure of the platen,
-instead of two, as in the old press. A second improvement was soon
-made by G. Clymer of Philadelphia, who in his elegant iron press, the
-Columbian, used a combination of levers; in some points it is still
-unsurpassed. For country papers of limited circulation, the hand-press
-is still in use; it is also a favorite in book offices for work of
-delicate execution. It is now common to print by hand two hundred and
-fifty impressions per hour, or one hundred and twenty-five perfected
-sheets.
-
-Near the end of the eighteenth century, the hand-press proving too slow
-for the demands of speed and economy, the ready intellect of inventors
-began upon the problem of moving presses by power. William Nicholson
-patented in England, in 1790, a plan for a press in which the types
-were adjusted upon a revolving cylinder, and were inked by contact
-with another cylinder having rotary motion. The ink was distributed by
-means of several inking rollers, the last of which was fed by the ink
-fountain. A large cylinder covered with felt, revolving in contact with
-the first, produced the impression, which was thus made by rolling the
-sheets of paper between the cylinders. Nicholson failed in fixing the
-types to the cylinder; but had he been able to do this, his plan of
-inking would not have been practicable, as the gelatine rollers were
-not then invented. Frederick Hoenig, a Saxon, so improved this press of
-Nicholson as to make it a mighty engine. Himself and another machinist,
-A. F. Bauer, found that the way to make a bed of type work rapidly was
-to effect the pressure with a cylinder instead of a flat surface. A
-machine was secretly built; and on the morning of November 28, 1814,
-the “London Times” informed its readers that they were reading a sheet
-printed by steam, in these glowing words:--
-
-“Our journal of this day presents to the public the practical result
-of the greatest improvement connected with the practice of printing
-since the discovery of the art itself. The reader of this paragraph
-now holds in his hand one of the many thousand impressions of the
-‘Times’ newspaper which were taken off last night by a mechanical
-apparatus. A system of machinery almost organic has been devised and
-arranged, which, while it relieves the human mind and frame of its
-most laborious efforts in printing, far exceeds all human powers in
-rapidity and dispatch. That the magnitude of the invention may be
-justly estimated by its results, we shall inform the public, that after
-the letters are placed by the compositor, and inclosed in what is
-called the form, little remains for man to do save to attend upon and
-watch this unconscious agent in its operations. The machine is then
-merely supplied with paper; itself places the form, inks it, adjusts
-the paper to the form newly inked, stamps the sheet, and gives it forth
-to the hands of the attendant; at the same time withdrawing the form
-for a fresh coat of ink, which itself again distributes, to meet the
-ensuing sheet now advancing for impression; and the whole of these
-complicated acts is performed with such a velocity and simultaneousness
-of movement, that no less than 1,100 sheets are impressed in one hour.”
-
-The line of success was inaugurated; and ten years later, the same
-paper says, “In consequence of successive improvements suggested and
-planned by Mr. Hoenig, the inventor, our machines now print 2,000 per
-hour with more ease than 1,100 in their original state.”
-
-By successive improvements made in this machine by Messrs. Applegath
-& Cowper, at length, in 1852, it could produce 11,000 impressions per
-hour.
-
-Isaac Adams, of Boston, succeeded in making hand-presses work by
-power, and issued patents of different machines in 1830 and in 1836.
-The capacity of working slow for fine work, or rapidly for newspaper
-printing, characterized these presses, and made them favorites with
-printers.
-
-It was reserved for an American, Richard M. Hoe, of New York, to
-make the first successful type-revolving press. After several costly
-unsuccessful attempts, in 1847 he produced a perfect machine, on the
-cylinder of which the types are held by friction, between beveled
-column-rules. This is styled the Lightning Press, and is in use
-throughout the world, where rapid printing is required.
-
-Recently a new press, the Bullock, is spoken of as entering the lists
-with the Lightning Press. “It feeds itself from a roll of paper,
-cutting it into sheets, which are printed on both sides, and delivered
-in an even pile.” Its future success or failure must decide its place
-in history.
-
-It will be kept in mind that there are four things necessary in
-printing,--the page of type, or the stereotype or electrotype plate, to
-print from; the paper, to receive the impression; the ink, to exhibit
-this impression; and lastly the printing-press to press the paper upon
-the inked plate.
-
-In our walk over the printing-house, let us step into the Press-room
-where book-work is done.
-
-On the left, in the foreground, is a large cylinder press used for
-printing newspapers; there is another in the distance, and between
-can be seen parts of a number of hand-presses. On the right are great
-“platen” presses, that are kept in motion by steam-power. They are used
-for the nice execution of book-work, and print only from six hundred
-to one thousand impressions an hour.
-
-Let us watch the operation of one of these platen presses on the right.
-The paper, having been dampened and pressed, is laid on an inclined
-table on the press, from which the “feeder,” as the girl by the second
-press in the picture is called, takes one sheet at a time, and places
-it upon an opposite inclined table, where it is clutched by the iron
-fingers of the press, and carried into the machine. If we stood near
-the press, we should see the bed of type adjusted with the face up, and
-long rollers brought quickly back and forth, evenly smearing it with
-ink. The iron fingers before mentioned as having grasped the edge of
-the sheet, lay it on the inked bed of type, where it comes under the
-platen, when the bed is raised up against the paper; the bed falling
-again, the force of the machine slides out the paper over rollers
-upon a light frame, which throws it over upon a board where the pile
-of sheets collects. This process prints the paper on one side only;
-turning the paper, the sheets are put through the press the second
-time, and the printing is completed.
-
-[Illustration: PRESS ROOM.]
-
-But this and other departments of the art here pursued, give employment
-to hundreds of operatives of both sexes, throwing off annually
-many millions of impressions. Here rumbles the thunder of the
-modern steam-propelled printing-presses. What a clangor is made
-by the simultaneous revolutions of so much complicated machinery!
-Broad leather straps, rapidly revolving in every direction, cause
-you to start back, fearful lest you be caught in their toils. And
-yet how docile, how easily managed, how orderly, how almost human
-in intelligence,--and with what lightning swiftness the monster
-steam-presses throw off their work, so that the eye can scarcely follow
-the successively printed sheets!
-
-In the adjoining Stock-room, some two days before being printed,
-the paper is “wet down,” or dampened with water, and then put under
-powerful screw pressure of many tons’ weight, that the sheets in the
-process of printing may take a clear impression from the inked type.
-The paper, damp from the printing-press, is then taken on trucks and by
-an elevator to the Drying-room, and dried, that it may not tear or the
-printing be defaced. In the ceiling are immense frames with cross-bars,
-and hanging on the latter are the printed sheets drying. There is also
-a steam closet to be used during damp weather, and when it is required
-to dry the sheets quickly. Steam-pipes circulate in the closet, by
-means of which a high temperature is attained, and “no postponement on
-account of the weather.”
-
-Workmen are busy bringing in the printed sheets, and hanging them to
-dry, and removing those that are dried. The thorough drying of the
-printed sheets is most important.
-
-[Illustration: Dry-press Room.]
-
-The three work-people seen in the corner of the Dry-press room, are
-engaged in laying the paper in piles, with a piece of stiff, highly
-polished pasteboard, of the size of the sheet, placed between them.
-The pressure upon this pasteboard flat-iron is to be given by the
-hydraulic press. The sheets are placed in piles on trucks, that move
-upon a little railroad, by which they are conducted to the hydraulic
-presses, some of which are seen at the right of the picture, packed
-with sheets. Here they are put under powerful screw pressure of from
-one hundred to four hundred tons, and come out not only much dryer,
-but ironed smooth of wrinkles, and the indentations made by the type.
-Next, the pasteboard is removed, and the piles of sheets sent into the
-Folding-room to be folded.
-
-[Illustration: FOLDING, GATHERING, AND SEWING ROOM.]
-
-It is interesting to mark some of the avenues of employment that
-printing has opened to women. The working force in this room is
-composed almost entirely of girls. Standing by the one at the right
-hand in the foreground, let us watch her rapid motions! With her simple
-paper-folder she skillfully folds each sheet once, and smooths the
-fold, then with like expertness folds this doubled sheet again, and
-firmly smooths the thicker fold with the ever-in-hand paper-folder;
-and once more she folds the compact sheet into one having eight
-thicknesses, or sixteen pages. This is book folding, and she is
-guided by the numbers at the corners of the pages, or _folios_--if
-these numbers meet, the folding is sure to be exact. In an adjacent
-room is that ingenious aid of modern printing--a rapid and dexterous
-folding-machine, which, had it been discovered at work in Gutenberg’s
-office at Strasbourg, would have been proof additional that he dealt in
-witchcraft.
-
-[Illustration: Diagram of Pages.]
-
-But to return to our lady folders and their work. The sheets, as fast
-as they are folded, are arranged in piles upon the table, the girl who
-gathers the sheets together into separate books following the order of
-the _signatures_, or figures on the first page of each sheet.
-
-[Illustration: Sewing.]
-
-At the left of our picture, near the middle of the room, is seen
-a gatherer, who is engaged in making up “Webster’s Unabridged
-Dictionary.” She is in a narrow isle between two tables, joined at the
-foot by a short one. On these three tables one half of the Dictionary
-is spread out at a time, in one hundred and fifteen piles of sheets.
-She walks down this isle picking a sheet off each pile, and when she
-has gone the entire round she has gathered one half of the book. When
-these piles are all gathered, the other half of the book is arranged,
-and gathered in the same way.
-
-Next, the sheets of the book are put into the stabbing-machine, that
-three holes may be made at the inner edge, when the sheets are stitched
-together by hand.
-
-The backs of magazines are covered with a strong paste, and the covers
-are then put on.
-
-The elevator machinery connecting with each story, of a capacity
-for lifting two tons, worthily facilitates the immense work of the
-establishment, as with colossal strength it lifts great burdens of
-paper, type, machinery, and deposits them on just the floor where they
-are needed.
-
-If the first printers could revisit the earth, with what interest would
-they make the tour of a modern printing-office! How would they call to
-mind their own narrow quarters, poor facilities, and creeping progress,
-contrasting them with the convenience, system, swiftness, finish, and
-grand results of to-day, in the now beautifully moulded and polished
-metal types, the success seemingly gained in setting type by machinery,
-and the comprehensive arrangements, of various perfected departments,
-all brought under the easy control of human skill! How unlike their
-own embryotic efforts “which gave to themselves fame, their art an
-existence, and civilization its motive power!”
-
-The first introduction of printing into America was in Mexico, by
-the Jesuits, who issued a “Manual for Adults,” in 1540. The first
-printing-office in America was established in Cambridge, Mass., in
-1638; the first book printed was the “Bay Psalm-Book,” in 1640; the
-first newspaper was the “Boston News Letter,” published April 24, 1704.
-
-The first attempt made to print books for the blind was made by the
-Abbe Hauy, at Paris, in 1785. The letters were so large, however, the
-paper so thick, and the books so bulky and expensive, that they were of
-little practical use. No improvement had been made upon this system,
-so late as 1830, when the Paris press was still lumbering on in the
-old method. A few years later a French author, a teacher of the Paris
-school for the blind, writes, “The Americans have effected a revolution
-in the art of printing for the blind.”
-
-It was Mr. S. P. Ruggles, the well-known inventor, who, by his genius
-and untiring industry, wrought this great change. He first turned
-his attention to the education of the blind in 1835 at the Perkins
-Institute, in Boston. For years he closely studied their wants and
-capabilities by constant daily observation of the pupils. Books were
-the first thing required; the few made being so cumbersome and costly
-as scarcely to be available.
-
-In the emergency which calls for a hero, one is provided; and it is
-worthy of record that this man, to supply the famishing intellect of
-the blind, clambered up step by step the rugged height which Gutenberg
-had scaled, to give light to the seeing world.
-
-After many experiments, he became convinced that he could produce a
-type of less size, and less height of face, which the blind could read
-with the greatest facility; providing the raised impression was hard
-and sharp, and the angles of the type adapted to the touch of the
-fingers. He finally succeeded in reducing the size of the type and
-the height of its face so as to place books, of comparatively small
-dimensions, in the hands of blind students and pupils. The size of the
-type now in use, the height, and peculiar bevel of its face, are his
-invention.
-
-He next devised and built the first press ever made for printing for
-the blind. This was a very powerful machine, giving an impression of
-about three hundred tons to each sheet impressed, yet so contrived that
-the blind could do their own printing.
-
-After succeeding in the making of the new kind of type, and in the
-construction of the ponderous press for printing, he was met by an
-unexpected difficulty. There was no paper in the market adapted to
-this kind of printing or embossing. That which was hard enough would
-crack and break through when printed; and that which was flexible
-enough not to crack, would flatten down when pressed upon by the
-fingers of the pupils when reading. His reduced type required a new
-kind of paper. The peculiar and definite bevel, and height of face of
-the type, and the texture of the paper printed on, were most intimately
-connected, and it took a long series of trials, in the manufacture of
-paper, to get them so harmonized as to work well together. But at last,
-after many experiments with gums and gelatine, he produced the article
-required.
-
-His new method of making books being perfected, Mr. Ruggles next
-invented an entirely new map for the blind. It was made with a raised
-character, similar to his type; but arranged with such combinations
-that, at a trifling cost, he could produce a succession of maps of any
-size. Maps made in this way were never before known, and the Perkins
-Institute immediately issued, from this plan, an “Atlas” of the United
-States, and also a “General Atlas.” It would, by most persons, be
-thought impossible that separate type could be so contrived as to
-admit of their being arranged in such a manner as to produce a map
-of any country and then to use the same type to make a map of any
-other country. Yet all this was perfectly accomplished by this new
-invention--every piece of type matching its neighbor with miraculous
-cunning, while following the crooked lines and angles, or graceful
-curves of rivers, coasts, and islands, with which such works abound.
-
-He next produced the plates for a book on geometry, on a plan similar
-to his maps. These works proved very valuable and interesting to the
-blind--for with them they could pursue their studies without the
-assistance from seeing persons, which, before this, was necessary.
-
-In 1838 this gentleman went to Philadelphia, and established one of
-his powerful presses for printing for the blind in the Institution
-in that city; and a year or two later placed another press in the
-Institution for the Blind in the State of Virginia. The perfect success
-of his method for reducing the size and expense of books for the blind,
-inaugurated a new era in the history of this kind of work, and the
-books were rapidly multiplied throughout this country and Europe.
-
-On the opposite page is given a specimen of the types referred to, and
-which are now used for printing for the blind: the face, or white part
-of these letters, being raised in their books about one fortieth part
-of an inch above the surface of the paper.
-
-[Illustration: RAISED TYPE FOR THE BLIND]
-
-Steel-plate and copper-plate printing, together with the
-lithographic process, are modern inventions; but our limits confine us
-to glance only at a part of the processes used in the preparation of
-books.
-
-An illustration of the perfection to which the art of printing has
-been brought, was given in the printing of the catalogues of the great
-Exhibition of 1851. The Exhibition opened on the first of May; yet
-with all the speed that could be made, it was not till midnight of the
-30th that the catalogue, a closely printed volume, was ready to go to
-press. By the next morning, however, a bound copy was presented to
-Queen Victoria. Twelve trades were necessary for the production of this
-catalogue. And so large an edition was issued that thirty-seven tons of
-new type were employed, of which amount twelve tons were manufactured
-in the short space of six weeks! Twenty-seven thousand reams of paper
-were used, while the ink required for the small catalogue alone
-amounted to 4,000 pounds. Specimens of typography were also exhibited
-from the imperial printing-house of Vienna at this Exhibition. About
-500,000 sheets, or 1,000 reams, of paper per day are required for the
-consumption of that establishment.
-
-A French paper makes a calculation to show how marvelously human labor
-is outrivaled by the mechanical arrangements of the steam press. The
-paper, “La Patrie,” contains about 4,230 lines: 8,000 copies make
-34,560,000 lines. A clerk could write about three lines in a minute;
-therefore it would require 11,520,000 minutes, or 192,000 hours, for
-a single clerk to supply 8,000 copies of “La Patrie;” in other words,
-it would require 192,000 men to supply, by copying, the same amount of
-paper which the cylinder printing-press supplies in one hour.
-
-What great armies of compositors are at work in the printing-houses
-of Christendom! What numberless presses by night and by day throw off
-multitudinous papers, pamphlets, and books, which are scattered to
-every home, business mart, and travelling conveyance in the land.
-
-At the Great Exhibition one Bible Society alone had specimens of the
-Word of God printed in one hundred and twenty different languages.
-And a single religious publishing society of London, as early as
-1862, had issued five hundred and seventy-six millions of copies of
-its publications. But that is only one of many societies of similar
-character, and moreover, every enlightened nation abounds in book and
-periodical publishers and booksellers.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-XXV.
-
- Time of the Great Invention.--A First Gift.--The Use of the
- Alphabet.--A New Era.--Royal Printers.--Knights of Type and
- Pen.--A Mighty Engine.--Gutenberg’s Dream.--The Press mighty.
-
-
-If the “undevout astronomer is mad,” what shall be thought of the
-unbelieving observer of God’s dealings with the human race? If
-evidences of infinite design appear in the material bodies that people
-space, can we think that God has stamped his creating, ordering hand
-less distinctly on the affairs connected with the progress of the
-souls for whom all things exist? The needle pointing to the pole
-helps on navigation; it is the servant of the seamen: without it,
-what would commerce do? But how happened it that the principle of the
-mariner’s compass was discovered just when in the turmoil of events
-it would be most useful--when it could suitably and most effectively
-introduce the old to the new world? How providential, too, the time of
-the invention of the art of printing! Had it been much earlier, the
-materials for writing were so scarce that it must have come to naught.
-Had it been deferred, doubtless many works which we prize as among
-the most valuable and excellent would have been lost. In less than a
-half-century from the invention of the wonderful art, the continent of
-America was discovered by Columbus, in 1492. In less then a century,
-Copernicus discovered the true theory of the planetary motions; and,
-shortly after, only a few years intervening, he was succeeded by the
-three great heralds of Newton,--Tycho Brahe, Kepler, and Galileo.
-
-Man is above nature. The senses only, do not constitute man; for
-the brutes have some senses like us, and, not seldom, stronger,
-more delicate, more subtile, quicker to act, more infallible. It is
-_thought_, then, that gives man the preëminence. But what if thought
-could never be expressed? What if the members of the human race could
-never discover thought to each other, never reveal what passed within
-the mysterious and mighty laboratory of the mind only as the infant
-seeks to make its wants known, by gestures and moans and “inarticulate
-cries?” But the Creator gave man speech; God’s first grand
-interposition for the soul was the gift of speech! “We believe,” says
-a brilliant French writer, “that speech was not born of itself on the
-lips of primitive man,” as some affirm, “like a stammering of chance,
-attaching, from age to age, certain vague significations to certain
-inarticulated sounds, and giving to others, by the sound and connection
-of these human cries, lessons which he who uttered them had not himself
-received. To reach thence from these instinctive cries to speech; from
-speech to the unanimous agreement of the meaning of words--of the sense
-of certain words to the verb and phrase--of the verb and phrase to
-logical syntax--of this syntax to the language of Moses, David, Cicero,
-Confucius, Racine, it is necessary to suppose more ages of existence
-to the human race on this earthly globe than there are stars, visible
-and invisible, in the Milky Way. It is necessary to suppose numberless
-ages of stupidity during which the human race, essentially moral and
-intellectual, should vainly search, like the brutes, its _instrument_
-of morality and knowledge, without power to find it only after myriads
-of generations. Humanity deaf and mute during a hundred thousand years!
-I shudder at the blasphemy of believing such a mystery. I love better
-to believe in the other; that is to say, in the fatherly mystery of the
-Creator himself, inspiring on the lips of his infant creature, speech;
-the word, the sentence, the inborn expression, which at sight gave
-things names appropriate to their form and nature.”
-
-And when we consider how necessary the use of language is to the
-convenience, comfort, and progress of man, and that man had at once
-conferred upon him a body “curiously and wonderfully made,” and a mind
-capacious, active, strong, and penetrating, can we harbor the idea that
-after his creation, God left him,--a perfect, full-grown being, the
-noblest of his works, and the lord of nature,--without speech? Rather
-must we not infer, with a distinguished writer, that “the same Divine
-Author of the physical organs of speech imparted to man the knowledge
-of their use and power”?
-
-But speech carries thought from the mouth to the ear by sound, and then
-perishes like the medium which conveyed it there. There needed to be,
-therefore, a process to _preserve_ thought, by reducing it to material
-signs on some enduring substance. So writing was given to the world.
-And the wonderful discovery of alphabetical writing, how did it come
-about? By chance? by human ingenuity? or through the “fatherly mystery
-of the Creator inspiring it” in man? Says the learned Shackford, “That
-men should immediately fall on such a project, to express sounds by
-letters, and expose to sight all that may be said or thought in about
-twenty characters variously placed, exceeds the highest notions we can
-have of the capacities with which we are endowed.” How difficult to
-submit our reason to the theories which have been argued of a _gradual_
-construction of alphabetical letters! Is it reasonable to suppose, for
-example, that the old Shemitish letter D was suggested by the word
-_door_, or the letter H by the word _fence_, and the V by a _hook_ or
-_nail_? Do we not find evidence, that alphabetical writing was divinely
-revealed, in the tables of stone written by the finger of God and
-given to Moses on the Mount? In those ten commandments so anciently
-bestowed, all the Hebrew letters, with one exception, are found--every
-guttural, labial, lingual, and dental is disclosed. Some quote the
-Chinese as leading the way in imprinting language. But their writing
-was hieroglyphical, they did not reach alphabetical writing, and they
-use one hundred and twenty thousand characters to express thought.
-
-But whether writing, which has well been spoken of as “nearly divine,”
-is the invention of man, or is truly divine in its origin, its
-possession was a great step in human progress. By it speech became
-enduring and universal; it could be preserved, it could be diffused.
-Poetry, history, science, law, art, religion, thus found expression
-for all time. Through it we commune with the thinkers of antiquity.
-By its aid “the Book” has come down to us. Nevertheless, this mode of
-transmitting knowledge was slow, toilsome, costly, and not available
-to the masses. At the beginning of the eleventh century, for example,
-books were so scarce in Spain that one and the same copy of the Bible,
-St. Jerome’s Epistles, and some volumes of ecclesiastical offices,
-served several different monasteries. Books were the privilege of the
-wealthy and the powerful; and the common people had them not. “The
-head of society was in the light, the feet in the shade,” and “the
-progress of truth, science, letters, politics, arts, was slow, and
-suspended through long periods.” Some process was needed by which the
-written thoughts of the thinkers could be reproduced with greater
-rapidity, and thus placed within the reach even of the poor. This,
-John Gutenberg, in the good providence of God, gave mankind, in the
-discovery of printing. With the new art came a new era for the world.
-In a few years after Gutenberg’s death all the capitals of Europe had
-their printing-presses. France, England, Holland, Germany, Venice,
-Genoa, Rome, Poland, seized the invention, and spread abroad religious
-and secular works. In 1500 the Jews published tracts on Rabbinical
-literature in Constantinople. And Russia, in 1680, established a press
-in Moscow.
-
-The invention had its enemies, and printing its martyrs; but its glory
-could not be dimmed, nor its progress arrested. Kings and queens turned
-engravers and compositors, glorying to labor with their own hands in
-the wonderful art. The wife of Henry IV. designed and printed cuts for
-some royal publications, and engraving with her own hand a figure of
-a young girl, presented it to “Philip de Champagne.” Louis XV. in his
-youth, printed in his own palace a “Treatise on European Geography.”
-The chief printers of the times succeeding that of Gutenberg were often
-the artists, the learned men, the writers. They not only reproduced the
-buried works of antiquity, but were able to explain and interpret them.
-
-The Emperor Maximilian ennobled the printers and compositors of the new
-art, authorizing them to wear robes braided with gold and silver, such
-as the nobility only had the right to wear, and giving them, for a coat
-of arms, an eagle with wings extended on the globe, symbol of free and
-rapid flight and universal conquest. Deserved honor! fitting symbol!
-What marvels has printing wrought. It has given elementary instruction
-to the masses,--putting into every hand, however humble or toilworn,
-the printed page, multiplying books to teach, amuse, and elevate even
-the little child. It has reformed corrupt religions, fashioned and
-developed philosophy anew, and permeated laws with their true spirit.
-Before its magic touch, the old feudal despotisms of the dark ages
-have fallen, and later and no less oppressive systems have wasted
-away. By its aid time and space seem annihilated, as “railways open to
-it routes, steam lends to it wings, and the electric telegraph gives
-it the instantaneousness of powder!” The “preserver of all arts,” it
-broods over and perpetuates all useful institutions and discoveries;
-and trade and commerce are stimulated, guided, systematized, enlarged,
-and furnished with boundless facilities. But this mighty engine can be
-used for evil as well as for good, and strike like the thunder-bolt
-the best interests of man. The poet-historian from whom we have before
-quoted, illustrates this by a dream of Gutenberg’s, which he is said
-to have related to his friends, and to have been translated from the
-German, at Strasbourg, by Mr. Garaud.
-
-Gutenberg had succeeded in an important experiment. His success filled
-him with such enthusiasm that he scarcely slept the night following.
-In his troubled and imperfect rest he had his dream,--a dream so
-prophetic, and so near to the truth, that one questions, in reading
-it, if it be not the reflecting presentiment of a wakeful sage rather
-than the fevered dream of a slumbering artisan. This is the account
-or legend of this dream as it is preserved in the library of the
-counsellor Aulique Beck:--
-
-“In a cell of a cloister of Arbogast sits a man with a wan forehead, a
-long beard, and fixed look, before a table, supporting his head with
-his hand. Suddenly he passes his fingers through his beard with a quick
-joyous movement--the hermit of the cell has discovered a solution of
-the problem he sought! He rises and utters a cry; it was as a relief
-to a long pent-up thought. He hastily turns to his trunk, opens it,
-and takes therefrom a cutting instrument; then, with nervous jerking
-movements, he sets himself to carve a small piece of wood. In all
-these movements there was joy and anxiety, as if he feared that his
-idea would escape,--the diamond he had found, and which he wished to
-set and polish for posterity. Gutenberg cut roughly and with feverish
-activity, his brow covered with drops of sweat, while his eyes followed
-with ardor the progress of his work. He wrought thus a great while,
-but the time seemed short. At length, he dipped the wood in a black
-liquid, placed it on parchment, and bearing the weight of his body on
-his hand in the manner of a press, he printed the first letter which he
-had cut, in relief. He contemplated the result, and a second cry, full
-of the ecstasy of satisfied genius, burst from his lips; then he closed
-his eyes with an air of happiness such as would befit the saints in
-paradise, and fell exhausted on a joint-stool; when overcome of sleep,
-he murmured, ‘I am immortal!’
-
-“Then he had a dream which troubled him. ‘I heard two voices,’ said
-he, in relating it; ‘two unknown and of a different sound, which
-spoke alternately in my soul. One said to me, “Rejoice, John; thou
-art immortal! Henceforth, light shall be spread by thee throughout
-the world. People who dwell a thousand leagues from thee, strangers
-to the thoughts of our country, shall read and comprehend all the
-ideas now mute,--spread and multiplied as the reverberations of the
-thunder, by thee, by thy work. Rejoice, thou art immortal! for thou
-art the interpreter whom the nations await that they may converse
-together. Thou art immortal; for thy discovery comes to give perpetual
-life to the genius which would be still-born without thee, and who,
-by acknowledgment, shall all make known in their turn the immortality
-of him who immortalized them!” The voice ceased, and left me in the
-delirium of glory. But I heard another voice. It said to me, “Yes,
-John, thou art immortal. But at what a price? Thought not unlike thine,
-is it always pure and holy enough to be worthy of being delivered
-to the ears and eyes of the human race? Are there not many--the
-greater number it may be--which merit rather a thousand times to be
-annihilated, and sink to oblivion, than to be repeated and multiplied
-in the world? Man is oftener perverse than wise and good; he will
-profane the gift that you make him; he will abuse the new faculty that
-you create for him. More of the world, in place of blessing, will
-curse thee. Some men will be born with souls powerful and seductive,
-and hearts proud and corrupt. Without thee, they would rest in the
-shade; shut in a narrow circle, they would be known only to their
-associates, and during their lives. By thee, they will bear folly,
-mischief, and crime to all men and all ages. See thousands corrupted
-with the disease of one! See young men depraved by books whose pages
-distill soul-poison! See young women become immodest, false, and hard
-to the poor, by books which have poisoned their hearts! See mothers
-mourning their sons! See fathers blushing for their daughters! Is
-not immortality too dear which costs so many tears and such anguish?
-Dost thou desire glory at such a price? Art thou not appalled at the
-responsibility with which this glory will weigh down thy soul? Listen
-to me, John: live as if thou hadst discovered nothing. Regard thy
-invention as a seductive but fatal dream, whose execution would be
-useful and holy, if only man was good. But man is evil. And in lending
-arms to the evil, art thou not a participator in his crimes?”
-
-“‘I awoke in a horror of doubt! I hesitated an instant; but I
-considered that the gifts of God, though they were sometimes very
-perilous, were never bad, and that to give an instrument to aid
-reason, and advance human liberty, was to give a vaster field to
-intelligence and to virtue,--both divine. I pursued the execution of my
-discovery.’”
-
-Thus has the art of printing come down to us consecrated by the martyr
-struggles of a heroic soul. He died poor, able only to leave a few
-books to his loving sister, yet enriching all mankind by the fruits of
-his genius. “I bequeath to my sister,” said he in his will, “all the
-books printed by me in Strasbourg.”
-
-But which of the voices that the legend represents as speaking to
-Gutenberg in his dream, shall prove a true prophet of the art? Shall
-its resistless power blast the world with error and crime, or bless
-the ages with truth and purity? “The first cries of the press,” says a
-historian, “were praise and prayer.” Let its utterances be for religion
-and learning, God and humanity; then welcome the hour when the earth
-shall be covered with its swiftly multiplying issues, “the leaves of
-the tree which are for the healing of the nations.”
-
-
-THE END.
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes
-
-
-Punctuation, hyphenation, and spelling were made consistent when a
-predominant preference was found in this book; otherwise they were not
-changed.
-
-Simple typographical errors were corrected; occasional unbalanced
-quotation marks retained.
-
-Ambiguous hyphens at the ends of lines were retained.
-
-Illustrations without captions at the beginning and end of most chapters
-are decorative headpieces or tailpieces.
-
-Page 52: “He revolved” was printed that way.
-
-Illustration captions on pages 162 and 188: The Psalm number in
-“PSALTER, PSALM I.” appears to have been printed as a Roman numeral,
-but may be an Arabic “1”.
-
-Page 175: “pierced his roul” may be a misprint for “soul”.
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Gutenberg, and the Art of Printing, by
-Emily Clemens Pearson
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GUTENBERG, AND THE ART OF PRINTING ***
-
-***** This file should be named 51358-0.txt or 51358-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/3/5/51358/
-
-Produced by Brian Coe, Charlie Howard, and the Online
-Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
-file was produced from images generously made available
-by the Library of Congress)
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org
-
-
-
-Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-